Product Catalogue: Rawlplug LTD

Cl/SfB Xt6
RAWL FIXINGS
October 2007
Rawlplug Ltd
Skibo Drive
Thornliebank Industrial Estate
Glasgow G46 8JR, UK
Sales Tel: +44 (0) 141 638 2255

Sales Fax: +44 (0) 141 273 2333
Export Sales Fax: +44 (0) 141 273 2336
Technical Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812857
Technical Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812862
Email: info@rawlplug.co.uk or technical@rawlplug.co.uk
Product Catalogue
Rawlplug Ireland Ltd
Unit 14, Park West Industrial
Dublin 12, Ireland
Tel: +353 (0) 1 629 8479
Fax: +353 (0) 1 623 7053
Rawl France Sarl

ZI Mitry-Compans
BP 536
12-14 Rue Marc Seguin
77295 Mitry-Mory cedex, France
Tel: +33 1 60 21 50 20
Fax: +33 1 64 67 19 84
e-mail: rawl@rawl.fr
Rawl Scandinavia AB
Lysingsvgen 18
593 53 Vstervik, Sweden
Tel: +46 (0) 490 30660
Fax: +46 (0) 490 30670
Koelner-Rawlplug Middle East FZE

P.O. Box 261024
Jebel Ali Free Zone
Dubai
United Arab Emirates
Tel: + 971 4 8839501
October 2007
Fax: + 971 4 8839502

e-mail: dubai@rawlplug.co.uk
Product Catalogue
Website: www.rawlplug.com
Rawl and Rawlplug are registered trade marks of RAWLPLUG Ltd.
OKLADKA.indd 1 2007-10-16 11:25:36

The Technical Department oers a variety
of services to speciers, distributors and
users of Rawl Fixings products.
Technical Advice
Fixing specialists will offer immediate advice and
recommendations over the telephone.
Field Engineers
Are available to offer fixing advice at your office
or on site.
Site Testing
Rawl Fixings engineers will conduct site testing
to ensure the appropriate xing is specied and
used. A detailed report is provided with recom-
mendations.
Technical (CPD) Seminars

We will be pleased to provide technical seminars,
to ensure personnel involved in the specication
and selection of structural anchors are up-to-date
with developments and standards.
Contractor Training
Rawl Fixings engineers will be pleased to carry out
To ensure that we continue to meet the future requirements of the industry,
practical training for contractors to ensure anchors
are installed correctly. Rawlplug has a policy of continuous product development supported by
extensive design and test centre facilities. Rawlplug therefore reserves the
right to modify product designs without prior notice. Rawlplug also reserves
the right to modify information contained within this guide without notify-
Technical Calculation Software
ing existing holders of the document. While this document gives guidance
O An innovative calculation CD ROM from Rawl
Fixings. relating to the use and nature of the products and variety of applications, the
O Allows calculations and product selections ultimate responsibility for correct selection of a product for a specific appli-
to be made in concrete.
O Includes both mechanical and chemical anchor cation must lie with the customer. Rawlplug recommendations are made in
solutions. good faith but do not constitute a guarantee.
O For your free CD, please e-mail Rawl Fixings
at technical@rawlplug.co.uk
2 Technical Advisory Service Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862
OKLADKA.indd 2 2007-10-16 11:25:45

INTRODUC-
Company Prole 4 Interset 94
Rawl Approvals 6 Interset Setting Tools 95
TION
Technical Information 8 Spring Toggle 96

Rawl Calculations 10 Plsaterboard Plug 98
Product Selector 12 Plastic Toggle 99
SafetyPlus Loose Bolt 18 Rawlnut Flexi-Plug 100
HIGH PERFORMANCE ANCHORS
SafetyPlus Bolt Projecting 20 Rawl TAP-IN 101

SafetyPlus Limited Embedment 22 Holebore 102
SafetyPlus Countersunk 24 Ceiling Hangers 103
Socket Anchor 26 Metal Hammer Fixings 104
Rawl R-HPT Throughbolt 28 Hangers 105
Rawl R-SPT Throughbolt 30 Hangers / Direct Brackets 106
Brass Anchors 33 Connectors 107
LIGHT FIXINGS
R-DCA Wedge Anchor 34 Mesh Tapes 108
R-DCL Lipped Wedge Anchor 36 Scaffolding Eyebolts 109
Rawlbolt Loose Bolt 38 Insulation Fixings 110
Rawlbolt Bolt Projecting 40 Corner Beads 112
Rawlbolt Eye Bolt 42 Laths 113
Rawlok Bolt Projecting 44 Wood Connectors 114
Rawlok Loose Bolt 46 Post Base 122
R-CAS Rawl Capsule 48 Post Base / Accesories 124
Shelf Brackets 125
BONDED ANCHORS
R-HAC Rawl Capsule 50

CFS RV200 52 Latches & Hinges 128
CFS RM50 54 Window Screws 131
CFS RP30 56 Wafer Head Screws 132
R-KEX 58 Chipboard Screws 133
R-KEA 60 Masonry Nails 134
R-KEM+ 62 Plug & Repair / Fix & Forget 135
R-KF2/KSF 64 Plastic Wood / Floor Filler 136
Bonded Anchor Accessories 66 Liquid Fixing / Gripfast 137
Threaded Rods / Nuts / Washers 68/69 Cable Clips 138
UNO Universal Plug 70 Drill Bits Selector 139
FIX Expansion Plug 72 Blue Flash Masonry Drill 140
Stair-Tread Fixings 74 Impactor Masonry Drill 141
Door Stops Ball Shaped 75 SDS Plus Masonry Drill 142
TOOLS
Plastic Plugs 76 HSS Metal Bits 143

Rawl-In-One Multi-Purpose Plug 78 Flat / Auger Wood Bits 144
LIGHT FIXINGS
HDPE Plastic Plug 79 Hole Saw 145

Sanitary Fixings 80 Electric Screwdriver Bit 146
Frame Fixings 82 HEX Key Sets 148
Hammer Fixings 84 TORX Key Sets 149
PVCu Frame Fixing 86 Circular Saw / Jigsaw Blades 150
Metal Frame Fixing 87
Concrete Frame Screws 88
Rawl R-EXP Anchor 89
Drywall Screws 90
Self-Drilling / Decking Screws 91
Metal Self Drill 92
Nylon Self Drill 93
Technical Advisory Service e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk 3
RAWL_KATALOG_2007_2008.indb 3 2007-10-15 14:26:10

COMPANY PROFILE
Heritage
For 88 years, the Rawlplug brand
has been synonymous with
innovation, reliability and safety in
the development and manufacture
of construction anchors and ancillary
products.
In 1919, John J. Rawlings, a London builder, developed and

patented the first ever specialist wall fixing. His revolutionary Fibre
Plug was the product from which the modern range of Rawlplug
fixings was to develop.
The company expanded dramatically and today it is one of the

worlds leading fixing manufacturers with distribution on every
continent.
Innovation remains at the heart of Rawlplugs success, including

significant developments of torque controlled anchors and bonded
anchor systems for safety critical applications.
Product Approval
The proven quality and performance of Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings
anchors is demonstrated by the numerous independent approvals that
Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings products carry. In fact, in 1999, Rawlplug
became the first UK manufacturer to obtain European approvals (ETA)
for the R-HPT and R-SPT throughbolt range.
Other international approvals include:
Link - up
High Quality Manufacturing

Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings products are manufactured using some
of the most advanced production facilities in the industry. Rawlplug
and Rawl Fixings anchors are renowned for their consistent high
quality and performance.
The companys quality system is approved to BS EN ISO 9001: 2000

for design and manufacture.
The company also places great emphasis on providing a safe

working environment for its employees.

COMPANY PROFILE
Product Development &

Testing Facilities
Achievement and maintenance of the numerous approvals is largely
due to the extensive technical facility at Rawlplugs modern testing
centre in Glasgow. Equipped with 3D solid modelling technology,
finite element analysis systems and the latest testing equipment,
Rawlplugs testing capability is amongst the best in the world.
Technical Support Service

Rawlplugs Technical Advisory Service offers free advice on the
correct selection and installation of anchors to distributors,
specifiers and users around the world. Staffed by qualified engineers
with many years of experience, the technical support service
provides:
z 24 hour access: available by phone, fax and internet
z Advice on anchor design and selection
z Advice on usage & application, including contractor training
z Recommendations on fixing solutions
z On site testing (mainly UK)
z Technical seminars
z Distributor training
This service is supported by field engineers available to visit design

offices and contractors at short notice.
Technical literature, and a CD-Rom design disc is available to

users, specifiers and distributors. Full up-to-date information on all
Rawlplug activities is available on the Rawlplug website
www.rawlplug.co.uk.
In addition, Rawlplug distributors are serviced by dedicated and

experienced customer support teams. Each team can provide
distributors and users with advice on:
Worldwide Distribution Network
z Product availability
Fast, reliable availability of Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings products is
z Pricing and order placement guaranteed thanks to our extensive international network.
z Order and despatch status

Rawlplug has subsidiaries in Scandinavia, Ireland, France & UAE.
z Literature
Area sales managers cover all areas of the UK, Europe and the
z Quotations
Middle East providing distributor support, site training and advice.
z Product samples

RAWL APPROVALS
Background
October 1997 marked the first significant step in the development, selection
and use of structural and safety critical anchor bolts. The European
Commission adopted the first ever European Technical Approval Guideline
(ETAG) for any construction product.
ETAG 001, Parts 1 and 3 Metal Anchors for use in Concrete
These parts of the ETAG cover torque controlled anchors such as Rawl R-HPT
and Rawl R-SPT Throughbolts. Adoption of the ETAG 001 marked the first
stage of harmonisation of product approval systems throughout Europe.
This harmonisation has been sought after by manufacturers, specifiers and
end users for many years, allowing products to be compared on a like for like
basis and the free passage of products within Europe.
ETAG 001, Part 4 Metal Anchors for use in Concrete
Adopted in December 1998, it covers deformation controlled anchors such as
the Rawl Wedge Anchor (more commonly known as drop-in anchor).
Scope
ETAG 001 covers all structural and safety relevant applications where there
is risk to human life or considerable economic consequence. It is extremely
difficult to clearly identify the applications where approved products should
be selected or which are covered by the scope of the ETAG.
Testing and Assessment

European Technical Approvals (ETAs) can only be awarded after satisfying the
demanding requirements of the comprehensive test programme described
within ETAG 001, Metal Anchors for use in Concrete.
Suitability tests determine the functionality of the anchor under the most
likely and extreme deviations from installation and service conditions. This
would include: variations in concrete strengths, tolerances of hole diameter,
deviations in installation torques, repeated and sustained loads, cracked
concrete and the subsequent movement of such cracks. Manufacturing

The manufacturer must also satisfy and demonstrate to an independent
Admissible Service Condition tests are used to establish characteristic loads
control body that they have effective control of the manufacturing
(i.e. tensile, shear and combined), and all edge spacing distances when
specifications and processes for the approved product. This control is product
installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
specific and is far more complex and detailed than the general BS EN ISO
9001:2000 specification. This ensures the highest quality is maintained for

Stringent assessment criteria are also applied to all tests. Load/displacement
these safety critical products, a policy which Rawlplug has always upheld.
graphs must show positive gradients with no sign of slipping of the anchor.
The mean ultimate load in all suitability tests must attain a given percentage
of the reference values obtained in the Admissible Service Condition tests and
CE Marking
all test results must have limited scatter. To affix CE marking to an anchor, it must have two important documents:
1) A European Technical Approval (ETA) in accordance with the ETAG 001

The net effect of the new comprehensive range of tests and stringent Metal Anchors for use in Concrete.
assessment criteria will reduce current load performances and increase the 2) A certificate of attestation from an independent control body.
edge distances and spacings for all products, in comparison with current
published and accepted performance. Only then can an anchor possess CE marking.

RAWL APPROVALS
Benefits
ETAG approved and CE marked products will enable specifiers, distributors,
contractors and end users to have the utmost confidence in specifying, selling
and installing these products, where safety and reliability are paramount and
where performance and quality can be assured.
Rawl Fixings
Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings have continued to develop their range of products
to meet these requirements to ensure their customers can satisfy current and
future market needs with new, improved anchors with increased safety.
Rawl Fixings has been awarded ETA approvals and CE marking for the new
range of Rawl R-HPT and Rawl R-SPT Throughbolts i.e. ETAs 98/0003 and
05/0078 and certificates of attestation 0836-CPD-004 and 0836-CPD-003.
Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings were the first UK manufacturer of any construction
products to be awarded an ETA and CE marking.
This ensures that customers are supplied with world class products of the
Rawlplug Ltd. is proud to be a member of the Construction Fixings Association
highest quality and technical performance which can be independently
(CFA) which represents major fixings suppliers within the UK
certified.
and whose aims are summarised in the phrase:
Future Ensuring Best Fixings Practice
The Association achieves this by:

This new approach to approvals has led to unknown territory where there is e Publishing a series of free Guidance Notes*
generally low awareness of the detail and on the impact it will have on the e Contributing to the development of European Guidelines for
use of these products. This particularly applies to the definition and the scope Technical Approval of anchors
e Being directly involved in the development of European and

of cracked concrete, structural and safety critical applications. To complicate
British Standards
matters further each member state within the EC has still to prescribe a
e Working with other influential bodies such as CIRIA and BBA to
transition period for their market place, whereby existing national approval
improve the understanding and use of the fixings.
systems will run their course and eventually be superceded by the new e Supporting specific industries in the development of guidelines
approach to ETAs. This is likely to be a protracted and diverse procedure. for their use of fixings.
All CFA Members are committed to providing technically proven products

During this transition period national approvals will still be accepted,
manufactured to recognised Quality Assurance procedures and backed up
although the performance data has been based on different testing and
with comprehensive technical support services including performance data,
assessment criteria. Direct comparison of performance data between approval
applications advice, site testing and training in the correct use of our products.
systems cannot be made. Therefore products which are currently used in the
market place can still be used during this transition period. This situation is * Downloadable free from the website which also carries articles,
complex and confusing, but during this stage customers can rely on Rawlplug news and technical advice www.fixingscfa.co.uk
and Rawl Fixings to provide guidance on selection and supply of approved

For more information contact:
products to meet their requirements.
The Secretary,
Construction Fixings Association

Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings continue to be represented on the working groups 65 Dean Street, Oakham, LE15 6AF
Tel & Fax 01664-474755
which compile future guidelines and building regulations, thus ensuring that
email: info@fixingscfa.co.uk
their customers are kept up-to-date with current developments and that their
requirements are continuously considered.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Direction of Loading
The direction of the applied load must be considered to determine
the most appropriate anchor. The tension and shear components
must be less than the recommended load/design resistance in the
direction concerned.
Tensile Loads Fig.1

Tensile loads are applied along the axis of the fixing (see fig. 1).
Common examples include suspended ceiling applications and the
suspension of mechanical services, pipework and ductwork etc.
Fig.2
Shear Loads
Shear loads act at right angles to the axis of a fixing and directly
against the face of the structural material (see fig. 2). Shear
performance is governed mainly by the shear strength of the bolt
material and compressive strength of the supporting substrate.
Oblique/Combined Loads Fig.3

Oblique loads are a combination of tension and shear components
(see fig.3). If the angle of applied oblique load is within 10o of pure
tension or pure shear, the safe working load for that direction may
be assumed. Otherwise, the applied oblique load should be resolved
into its shear and tensile components.
Fig.4
Offset Loads
Offset loads act at right angles to the fixing axis but are offset
from the surface (see fig. 4). In this situation, the deflection of the
bolt, due to bending, needs to be considered as well as the shear
capacity of the anchor.
Slotted Holes in Fixture.

When xing anchors through slotted holes it is important to ensure that there is adequate surface contact between the washer and the xture
to guarantee a positive clamping force.
If in doubt a square plate washer with a thickness of 3mm or greater would be recommended in place of the standard washer supplied.
Diamond Drilled Holes.

When holes are formed in the structure using a diamond drilling system extra care is required to ensure that the holes are thoroughly cleaned
by brushing and blowing at least three times. Also to create a key for the anchor, (particularly if a bonded anchor is installed), the sides of the
hole should be roughened up by inserting a standard masonry bit into the hole attached to a hammer action drilling machine.
A resin with minimal shrinkage such as Rawl R-KEX should be selected for diamond drilled holes.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Installation
Anchor choice may be affected by certain aspects of the installation,
Fig.5 for instance the desirability of a through fixing.
The fixture can then be used as a template, and the fixing made
through nominal clearance holes without the need for the object to
be removed and replaced.
Key Points
To achieve published performance values, it is essential that all
anchors are installed correctly in accordance with Rawl Fixings
installation instructions. Some basic points to remember are:
z Drill correct diameter hole, to the correct depth.
z Clean the hole thoroughly. This is important for all anchors,
but critical for bonded anchors.
z Use the correct setting equipment and procedure.
z Tighten to the recommended torque.
Recommended Tightening Torques

In torque controlled expansion anchors a clamping force is exerted Tightening to Rawl Fixings recommended tightening torques
through the fixture into the base material. The clamping force ensures that the clamping force is greater than the published safe
is directly proportional to the tightening torque. Tightening the working loads. These torques should not be exceeded as this may
anchor enables the expander to key into the surrounding substrate overstress the bolt and/or base material. Adjustable torque wrenches
providing a secure fixing (see fig. 5). of the break back type are recommended for setting fixings.
Fig.6
Expanding Fixings Any reduction in the projected area, for example when anchors
Torque controlled anchors transmit expansion forces by locally are placed too close together or too near the edge of the concrete
compressing the substrate. The forces are exerted at the point (see fig.8 and fig. 9) will result in reduced performance and should
of expansion, not over the whole length of the fixing. be avoided if possible.
On applying the load to the anchor, additional forces are exerted Where unavoidable, the appropriate reduction factors shown
as shown by the light blue area ie. concrete cone (see fig.6). for reduced spacing or edge distance should be applied to the
It is this projected area which relates to the performance of the recommended load/design resistance indicated for the anchor.
anchor. Therefore as the embedment depth is increased the larger
the cone and the greater the performance of the anchor (see fig.7).
Fig.7 Fig.8
Fig.9

RAWL CALCULATIONS
Performance Data Explained
In previous editions of our Specification & Design Guide we quoted e Design Resistance is based upon the Characteristic Resistance
Ultimate Loads and Safe Working Loads (SWL), however, since divided by Partial Safety Factors as determined from testing.
the introduction of Ultimate Limit State theory, we have received Design Resistance should never be thought of as the load a
increasing requests to publish data in accordance with these new fixing can safely hold.
methods.
e Design Action is a factored load taking into account variable
The safety concept is based upon the Partial Safety Factor actions and should always be below the Design Resistance of
approach rather than the Global Safety Factor approach, as the anchor.
previously adopted by Rawlplug.
Those who prefer to use the Global Safety Factor method, can
Engineers familiar with the Partial Safety Factor concept can now continue to do so, using the Recommended Load (previously called
use our new Characteristic and Design Resistance figures, where: Safe Working Load).
e Characteristic Resistance is the Ultimate Load with a statistical

probability factor applied (95% Fractile).
This factor is dependent on the variance of a set of results and
also the number of anchors tested.
GLOBAL SAFETY FACTOR METHOD PARTIAL SAFETY FACTOR METHOD
Ultimate load F- Ultimate Resistance Frum

V
95% Fractile Characteristic

-
FKS Resistance Frk
V
JM
Design Resistance Frd

Design Action Fsd
JF
Recommended Load Frec
Sact dFrec Actual Design load Sact Fsd d Frd
K = Statistical Confidence Factor S = Standard Deviation V = Global Safety Factor

KEY
J M = Partial Resistance Safety Factor J F = Partial Load Safety Factor

RAWL CALCULATIONS
Concrete Strength Calculation
(Loads shown are for 30N/mm2 (C20/25) concrete. For other grades
of concrete between 20 and 50N/mm2 where the anchor is in
tension the load can be calculated using this formula.)
N
rec
30N/mm Concrete
/N
2
rd
in
x Actual Concrete Strength
30
This calculation is not valid for shear.

Note: The method of calculating combined loads in concrete has
Combined Load (concrete only)
been revised in line with ETAG. The equation is calculated to the
power of 1.5 and the result should be equal to or less than 1.0. When selecting an anchor, which will carry a combined load, ensure that
the bolt size selected satisfies the following equations:
Global Method
(Edge and spacing reduction factors, if applicable, should be applied 1.5 1.5
to the safe tensile and shear loads.) Nact Vact 1.2
Nrec
+ Vrec 1.0
Partial Method
(Edge and spacing reduction factors, if applicable, should be applied
1.5 1.5
to the tensile and shear design resistance loads.) Nsd Vsd
Nrd + Vrd 1.0
Re-Bar/Resin Design Concept

Ultimate Load
Minimum fuk 550N/mm2

NB Example of
interpolation
If edge distance equals 95%
45mm for an M8 stud Fractile Minimum fyk 460N/mm2
then the edge factor J
will be equal to 50% of 0
the difference between JQ

the edge factors for
Load
40mm and 50mm.

FRu,m FRk
Example
40mm edge factor = 0.8
50mm edge factor = 0.9 Fd Frec
Therefore
Edge factor for 45mm
= 0.85
Installation Depth
Glossary of abbreviations
AF = Across flats fuk = Ultimate tensile strength Nsd = Design action tension
Ccr,N = Characteristic edge distance in H = Diameter of hook S = Shield length
tension fyk = Yield strength Scr = Characteristic edge distance
Ccr,V = Characteristic edge distance in hef = Effective embedment depth in tension & shear
shear (distance from surface to point Sw = Bolt head diameter
d = Bolt thread size of expansion)
Tfix = Fixture thickness
Dcsk = Countersunk bolt head diameter hmin = Minimum substrate thickness
Tinst = Recommended torque
df = Hole diameter in fixture ho = Minimum hole depth
Vact = Applied shear load
do = Hole diameter in concrete l = Bolt length
VRk = Characteristic resistance in shear
Dw = Washer diameter lcsk = Countersunk head depth
E = Diameter of eye lg = Thread length VRd = Design resistance in shear
Fd = Design load Nact = Applied tensile load Vrec = Recommended load in shear
Frec = Recommended load Nrec = Recommended load in tension Vsd = Design action shear
FRu,m = Mean ultimate load NRd = Design resistance in tension JM = Partial safety factor for material
FRk = Characteristic load (95% fractile) NRk = Characteristic resistance in tension JQ = Partial safety factor for actions

PRODUCT SELECTOR
THREAD
DESCRIPTION ETA PAGE
RANGE
SafetyPlus Loosebolt 18 M8-M20
SafetyPlus Bolt Projecting 20 M8-M20
SafetyPlus Limited Embedment 22 M8-M16

HIGH PERFORMANCE ANCHORS
SafetyPlus Countersunk 24 M8-M16
Socket Anchor 26 M8-M20
R-HPT Throughbolt 28 M6-M20
R-SPT Throughbolt 30 M6-M24
Brass Anchor 33 M5-M16

Pending
Wedge Anchor 34 M6-M20
2007
Pending
Lipped Wedge Anchor 36 M6-M16
2007
Rawlbolt Loose Bolt 38 M6-M24
Rawlbolt Bolt Projecting 40 M6-M24
Rawlbolt Eyebolt 42 M6-M12
Rawlok Bolt Projecting 44 M5-M12
Rawlok Loosebolt Incl St Stl 46 M6-M10
R-CAS 48 M8-M30
R-HAC 50 M8-M30
Pending
CFS RV200 52 M8-M24
2007
BONDED ANCHORS
CFS RM50 54 M8-M24
CFS RP30 56 M8-M24
R-KEX 58 M8-M30
R-KEA 60 M8-M24
R-KEM + 62 M8-M24
R-KF2/R-KSF 64 M8-M24
Bonded Anchor Accessories 66
Threaded Rod, Nuts and Washers 68/69 M6-M20
UNO Universal Plug 70
FIX Expansion Plug 72

LIGHT FIXINGS
Stair-Tread Fixings 74
Door Stops Ball Shaped 75
Plastic Plugs 76
Rawl-In-One Multi-Purpose Plug 78
HDPE Plastic Plug 79

PRODUCT SELECTOR
BASE MATERIAL
CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK
PLASTER HOLLOW
STRUCTURAL STONE LOW PLYWOOD
STANDARD SOLID PERFORATED HOLLOW BOARD DOOR
LIGHTWEIGHT DENSITY

As Applicable
As Applicable


PRODUCT SELECTOR
THREAD
RANGE
Sanitary Fixings 80
Frame Fixings 82
Hammer Fixings 84
PVCu Frame Fixing 86
Metal Frame Fixings 87
Concrete Frame Screws 88
Rawl R-EXP Anchor 89
Drywall Screws 90
Self-Drilling / Decking Screws 91
Metal Self Drill 92
Nylon Self Drill 93
Interset 94 M4-M8
Interset Setting Tools 95
Spring Toggle 96 M3-M6

LIGHT FIXINGS
Plasterboard Plug 98
Plastic Toggle 99
Rawlnut Flexi-Plug 100 M3-M12
Rawl TAP-IN 101
Holebore 102
Ceiling Hangers 103
Metal Hammer Fixings 104
Hangers 105/106
Direct Brackets 106
Connectors 107
Mesh Tapes 108
Scaffolding Eybolts 109
Insulation Fixings 110
Corner Beads 112
Laths 113
Wood Connectors 114
Post Base 122
Post Base / Accesories 124
Shelf Brackets 125

PRODUCT SELECTOR
BASE MATERIAL
PLASTER HOLLOW
LIGHTWEIGHT DENSITY

As Applicable

As Applicable

As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable

As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable

PRODUCT SELECTOR
THREAD
RANGE
Latches & Hinges 128
Window Screws 131
Wafer Head Screws 132

LIGHT FIXINGS
Chipboard Screws 133
Masonry Nails 134
Plug & Repair / Fix & Forget 135
Plastic Wood / Floor Filler 136
Liquid Fixing / Gripfast 137
Cable Clips 138
Blue Flash Masonry Drill 139
Impactor Masonry Drill 141
SDS Plus Masonry Drill 142
HSS Metal Bits 143

TOOLS
Flat / Auger Wood Bits 144
Hole Saw 145
Electric Screwdriver Bit 146
HEX Key Sets 148
TORX Key Sets 149
Circular Saw / Jigsaw Blades 150

PRODUCT SELECTOR
BASE MATERIAL
PLASTER HOLLOW
LIGHTWEIGHT DENSITY
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable

As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable
As Applicable

SAFETYPLUS LOOSE BOLT
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
Sw
DESCRIPTION FEATURES
SafetyPlus is an all steel high performance expansion 1. 8.8 grade bolt.
Dw anchor, suitable for the most demanding safety critical 2. High strength steel washer.
applications. This range offers exceptional tension, 3. Integral controlled collapse and anti-rotation
shear and combined load performance in concrete. feature ensures fixture is firmly secured.
4. Unique zig-zag feature provides balanced expansion
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: ensuring secure setting and maximum load carrying
Concrete capacity.
5. Case-hardened nut with optimum angle taper for
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS maximum expansion.
e Structural steel
ho
e Masonry support
e Cladding restraints
e Road signs
e Heavy machinery
e Racking systems
e Industrial doors
e Safety barriers.
SAFETYPLUS Loose Bolt
BOLT HOLE DIAMETER MINIMUM

MAXIMUM EFFECTIVE MINIMUM ZINC PLATED
BOLT HEAD WASHER HOLE DEPTH RECOMMENDED
BOLT FIXTURE EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE
LENGTH DIAMETER DIAMETER IN IN IN TORQUE
SIZE THICKNESS DEPTH THICKNESS
(mm) (mm) (mm) FIXTURE CONCRETE CONCRETE (Nm)
(d) (mm) (mm) (mm) PRODUCT
(l) (AF) (Dw) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Tinst) NEW CODE
(Tx ) (hef) (hmin) CODE
(Sw) (df) (do) (ho)
90 15 50-010 SPL-08090/15
M8 13 21 14 12 80 60 120 25
110 40 50-015 SPL-08110/40
100 20 50-020 SPL-10105/20
M10 120 17 24 40 17 15 90 70 140 50 50-025 SPL-10120/40
140 60 50-030 SPL-10140/60
120 25 50-035 SPL-12120/25
M12 19 30 20 18 105 80 160 80
150 50 50-040 SPL-12150/50
145 25 50-050 SPL-16145/25
M16 24 40 26 24 125 100 200 180
170 50 50-055 SPL-16170/50
M20 175 30 50 30 30 28 155 125 240 275 50-065 SPL-20175/30
SAFETYPLUS Racking Bolt

LENGTH DIAMETER DIAMETER IN IN TORQUE
SIZE THICKNESS IN CONCRETE DEPTH THICKNESS
(mm) (mm) (mm) FIXTURE CONCRETE (Nm)
(d) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) PRODUCT
(l) (AF) (Dw) (mm) (mm) (Tinst) NEW CODE
(Tx ) (do) (hef) (hmin) CODE
(Sw) (df) (ho)
M8 115 17 21 40 14 12 80 60 130 25 50-014 SPL-RB-08115/40

M10 105 19 24 20 17 15 90 70 140 50 50-021 SPL-RB-10105/20
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and 3. Insert SafetyPlus anchor through 4. Tighten to the recommended
diameter and depth thoroughly clean hole. fixture into hole and tap home. torque.
through clearance hole in
the fixture into concrete.

SAFETYPLUS LOOSE BOLT
FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
SAFETYPLUS Loose Bolt Performance Data
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25)
STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC

CHARACTERISTIC DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD DISTANCE SPACING
SIZE RESISTANCE (Factored) (Unfactored)
(kN) (kN) (kN) (mm) (mm)
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR
(NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) (Scr,N ) (Scr,V )
M8 19.7 25.7 9.1 14.3 7.6 11.9 160 180

M10 33.3 39.7 15.4 22.0 12.8 18.3 180 220
M12 43.4 56.5 20.1 31.4 16.8 26.2 200 260
M16 66.8 90.1 30.9 50.1 25.8 41.8 280 340
M20 95.6 132.0 44.3 73.3 36.9 61.1 320 380
For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11
Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing the appropriate reduction factor/s from the lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply
Distances For SafetyPlus Loose Bolt. tables below must be applied to the DESIGN this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or
The full characteristic edge and spacing distances RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table.
shown in the table above are the minimum Choose the required bolt diameter across the On the occasion that multiple close edge and/
allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE top of the appropriate table and read down the or spacing distances occur, the appropriate
or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your left hand column until actual edge or spacing reduction factors must be applied.
design method. distance is found.
Where these dimensions are not achievable, Read off the reduction factor where the two
Edge Distance (Concrete Only) Spacing (Concrete Only )
EDGE TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS EDGE SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SPACING TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS
(mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
70 0.72 70 60 0.70
80 0.75 0.70 80 80 0.75 0.70
90 0.78 0.73 0.70 90 100 0.80 0.74 0.65
100 0.81 0.76 0.73 100 0.55 140 0.90 0.83 0.74 0.72
120 0.87 0.82 0.78 0.72 120 0.70 0.55 180 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.78 0.70
140 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.75 0.70 140 0.85 0.70 0.55 220 1.00 0.91 0.83 0.76
160 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.79 0.73 160 1.00 0.85 0.70 260 1.00 0.89 0.82
180 1.00 0.94 0.82 0.77 180 1.00 0.85 0.55 300 0.94 0.88
200 1.00 0.86 0.80 200 1.00 0.70 0.55 340 1.00 0.94
240 0.93 0.87 240 0.85 0.70 380 1.00
280 1.00 0.93 280 1.00 0.85
320 1.00 320 1.00

SAFETYPLUS BOLT PROJECTING
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
Sw
A high performance steel expansion anchor, suitable 1. 8.8 grade stud with slot for final adjustment.
Dw for the most demanding safety critical applications. 2. High strength steel washer.
This range offers exceptional tension, shear and com- 3. Sleeve provides maximum shear load performance.
bined load performance in concrete. 4. Integral controlled collapse and anti-rotation
feature ensures fixture is firmly secured.
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 5. Unique zig-zag feature provides balanced expansion
Concrete ensuring secure setting and maximum load carrying
capacity.
maximum expansion.
ho TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
7. Nut and washer allow for fixture to be removed and
e Structural steel
relocated easily.
e Masonry support
e Road signs
e Heavy machinery
e Racking systems
e Industrial doors
e Safety barriers.
SAFETYPLUS Bolt Projecting
HOLE DIAMETER MINIMUM

NUT MAXIMUM EFFECTIVE MINIMUM ZINC PLATED
BOLT WASHER HOLE DEPTH RECOMMENDED
BOLT DIAMETER FIXTURE EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE
LENGTH DIAMETER IN TORQUE
SIZE (mm) THICKNESS IN FIXTURE IN CONCRETE DEPTH THICKNESS
(mm) (mm) CONCRETE (Nm)
(d) (AF) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) PRODUCT
(l) (Dw) (mm) (Tinst) NEW CODE
(Sw) (Tx ) (df) (do) (hef) (hmin) CODE
(ho)
M8 95 13 21 15 14 12 80 60 120 25 50-110 SPL-BP-08095/15

M10 110 17 24 20 17 15 90 70 140 50 50-120 SPL-BP-10110/20
135 25 50-135 SPL-BP-12135/25
M12 19 30 20 18 105 80 160 80
160 50 50-140 SPL-BP-12160/50
160 25 50-150 SPL-BP-16160/25
M16 24 40 26 24 125 100 200 180
185 50 50-155 SPL-BP-16185/50
M20 190 30 50 30 30 28 155 125 240 275 50-165 SPL-BP-20190/30
Installation

SAFETYPLUS BOLT PROJECTING
FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
SAFETYPLUS Bolt Projecting Performance Data
Concrete, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25)
STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC

DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD DISTANCE SPACING
SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE
(Factored) (Unfactored)
(kN) (mm) (mm)
(kN) (kN)
(NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) (Scr,N ) (Scr,V )
M8 19.7 25.7 9.1 14.3 7.6 11.9 160 180

M10 33.3 39.7 15.4 22.0 12.8 18.3 180 220
M12 43.4 56.5 20.1 31.4 16.8 26.2 200 260
M16 66.8 90.1 30.9 50.1 25.8 41.8 280 340
M20 95.6 132.0 44.3 73.3 36.9 61.1 320 380
Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing the appropriate reduction factor/s from the required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN
Distances For SafetyPlus Bolt Projecting. tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted
The full characteristic edge and spacing distances RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. in the table. On the occasion that multiple
shown in the table above are the minimum Choose the required bolt diameter across the close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the
allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE top of the appropriate table and read down the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.
or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your left hand column until actual edge or spacing
design method. distance is found. Read off the reduction factor
Where these dimensions are not achievable, where the two lines intersect (interpolate as
Edge Distance (Concrete Only) Spacing (Concrete Only)
70 0.72 70 60 0.70
80 0.75 0.70 80 80 0.75 0.70
90 0.78 0.73 0.70 90 100 0.80 0.74 0.65
100 0.81 0.76 0.73 100 0.55 140 0.90 0.83 0.74 0.72
120 0.87 0.82 0.78 0.72 120 0.70 0.55 180 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.78 0.70
140 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.75 0.70 140 0.85 0.70 0.55 220 1.00 0.91 0.83 0.76
160 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.79 0.73 160 1.00 0.85 0.70 260 1.00 0.89 0.82
180 1.00 0.94 0.82 0.77 180 1.00 0.85 0.55 300 0.94 0.88
200 1.00 0.86 0.80 200 1.00 0.70 0.55 340 1.00 0.94
240 0.93 0.87 240 0.85 0.70 380 1.00
280 1.00 0.93 280 1.00 0.85
320 1.00 320 1.00

SAFETYPLUS LIMITED EMBEDMENT
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
Sw
Dw
A high performance steel expansion anchor, suitable 1. 8.8 grade bolt.
for the most demanding safety critical applications. 2. High strength steel washer.
This range offers exceptional tension, shear and com- 3. Sleeve provides maximum shear load performance.
bined load performance in concrete. 4. Integral controlled collapse and anti-rotation feature
ensures fixture is firmly secured.
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 5. Unique zig-zag feature provides balanced expansion
Concrete ensuring secure setting and maximum load carrying
capacity.
ho 6. Case-hardened nut with optimum angle taper for
maximum expansion.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
e Structural steel work
e Road signs
e Industrial doors
e Masonry support
e Heavy machinery
e Safety barriers
e Racking systems.
SAFETYPLUS Limited Embedment

LENGTH DIAMETER DIAMETER IN FIXTURE IN CONCRETE IN TORQUE
SIZE THICKNESS DEPTH THICKNESS
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) CONCRETE (Nm)
(d) (mm) (mm) (mm) PRODUCT
(l) (AF) (Dw) (df) (do) (mm) (Tinst) NEW CODE
(Tx ) (hef) (hmin) CODE
(Sw) (ho)
M8 80 13 21 25 14 12 55 40 100 25 50-005 SPL-LE-08080/25

M10 90 17 24 25 17 15 70 50 110 50 50-018 SPL-LE-10090/25
M12 100 19 30 25 20 18 85 60 130 80 50-033 SPL-LE-12100/25
M16 130 24 40 30 26 24 100 75 165 180 50-048 SPL-LE-16130/30
Installation

SAFETYPLUS LIMITED EMBEDMENT
FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
SAFETYPLUS Limited Embedment Performance Data
Concrete, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25)
STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC

CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) EDGE DISTANCE SPACING
SIZE
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR
(NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) (Scr,N ) (Scr ,V)
M8 12.0 18.9 5.6 10.5 4.7 8.8 110 150 180

M10 18.9 29.5 8.7 16.5 7.3 13.8 130 170 200
M12 26.2 44.0 12.1 24.5 10.1 20.4 150 200 220
M16 47.0 77.2 21.7 42.9 18.1 35.8 200 230 240
Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Where these dimensions are not achievable, where the two lines intersect (interpolate as
Distances For SafetyPlus Limited the appropriate reduction factor/s from the required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN
Embedment. tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted
The full characteristic edge and spacing distances RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. in the table.
(mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16
60 0.70 60 120 0.70

70 0.78 0.70 70 140 0.80 0.74
80 0.85 0.78 0.70 80 160 0.90 0.83 0.74
90 0.93 0.85 0.78 90 0.75 180 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.83
110 1.00 0.93 0.85 0.70 110 0.84 0.70 200 1.00 0.91 0.88
130 1.00 0.93 0.78 130 0.92 0.80 0.73 220 1.00 0.94
150 1.00 0.85 150 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.80 240 1.00
170 0.93 170 1.00 0.91 0.87
200 1.00 200 1.00 0.93
230 230 1.00

SAFETYPLUS COUNTERSUNK
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
AF
Dcsk High performance countersunk all steel high 1. 8.8 grade countersunk bolt for flush fitting
performance expansion anchor for safety critical installation.
Lcsk applications where a flush fixing is required in concrete. 2. High strength steel washer.
3. Sleeve provides maximum shear load performance.
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 4. Integral controlled collapse and anti-rotation feature
Concrete ensures fixture is firmly secured.
5. Unique zig-zag feature provides balanced expansion
ensuring secure setting and maximum load carrying
capacity.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS maximum expansion.
ho
e Walkways
e Platforms
e Public seating
e Storage systems
e Balustrading
e Lighting columns
e Structural steel.
SAFETYPLUS Countersunk
HEX HOLE DIAMETER MINIMUM

MAXIMUM MAXIMUM EFFECTIVE MINIMUM ZINC PLATED
BOLT DRIVER COUNTERSINK HOLE DEPTH RECOMMENDED
BOLT HEAD FIXTURE EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE
LENGTH SIZE DEPTH. IN TORQUE
SIZE DIAMETER THICKNESS IN FIXTURE IN CONCRETE DEPTH THICKNESS
(mm) (mm) (mm) CONCRETE (Nm)
(d) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) PRODUCT
(l) (AF) (Lcsk) (mm) (Tinst) NEW CODE
(Dcsk) (Tx ) (df) (do) (hef) (hmin) CODE
(Sw) (ho)
M8 90 6 22 5.5 20 14 12 80 60 120 25 50-210 SPL-C-08090/20

M10 105 8 28 7.0 25 17 15 90 70 140 50 50-220 SPL-C-10105/25
M12 125 10 33 7.6 30 20 18 105 80 160 80 50-235 SPL-C-12125/30
M16 145 12 40 8.5 30 26 24 125 100 200 180 50-250 SPL-C-16145/30
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and 3. Insert SafetyPlus anchor through 4. Tighten using hexagon driver
diameter and depth thoroughly clean hole. fixture into hole to the recommended torque.
through clearance hole in and tap home.
the fixture into concrete..

SAFETYPLUS COUNTERSUNK
FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
SAFETYPLUS Countersunk Performance Data
STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC

CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) EDGE DISTANCE SPACING
SIZE
(NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) (Scr,N ) (Scr ,V)
M8 19.7 25.7 9.1 14.3 7.6 11.9 160 180

M10 33.3 39.7 15.4 22.0 12.8 18.3 180 220
M12 43.4 56.5 20.1 31.4 16.8 26.2 200 260
M16 66.8 90.1 30.9 50.1 25.8 41.8 280 340
Distances For SafetyPlus Countersunk. tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted
70 0.72 70 60 0.70
80 0.75 0.70 80 80 0.75 0.70
90 0.78 0.73 0.70 90 100 0.80 0.74 0.65
100 0.81 0.76 0.73 100 0.55 140 0.90 0.83 0.74 0.72
120 0.87 0.82 0.78 0.72 120 0.70 0.55 180 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.78
140 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.75 140 0.85 0.70 0.55 220 1.00 0.91 0.83
160 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.79 160 1.00 0.85 0.70 260 1.00 0.89
180 1.00 0.94 0.82 180 1.00 0.85 0.55 300 0.94
200 1.00 0.86 200 1.00 0.70 340 1.00
240 0.93 240 0.85
280 1.00 280 1.00

SOCKET ANCHOR
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
lg A versatile problem-solving fixing, providing 1. Internally threaded socket for stud or rebar.
a permanent high performance threaded socket for 2. Integral controlled collapse and anti-rotation
a wide variety of studding applications, including feature ensures fixture is firmly secured.
deep embedment applications. 3. Unique zig-zag feature provides balanced
expansion ensuring secure setting and maximum
ho SUITABLE FOR USE IN: load carrying capacity.
Concrete 4. Case-hardened nut with optimum angle taper for
maximum expansion.
e Starter bar
e Formwork supports
e Temporary works
e Heavy machinery
e Lighting columns
e Structural steelworks.
SOCKET ANCHOR
MAX. RECOMMENDED
HOLE DIAMETER SET FLUSH TO SURFACE SET AT DEPTH ZINC PLATED
INTERNAL TORQUE (Nm)
ANCHOR
THREAD THREAD MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MINIMUM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MINIMUM
LENGTH IN IN
SIZE LENGTH HOLE EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE HOLE EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE
(mm) FIXTURE CONCRETE 4.6 STUD 8.8 STUD PRODUCT
(d) (mm) DEPTH DEPTH THICKNESS DEPTH DEPTH THICKNESS NEW CODE
(l) (mm) (mm) (Tinst ) (Tinst ) CODE
(lg ) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(df ) (do )
(df ) (hef ) (hmin ) (df ) (hef ) (hmin )
M8 55 8 10 12 65 45 90 80 60 120 11 19 86-510 SOC-08

M10 67 13 12 15 75 55 110 90 70 140 22 37 86-515 SOC-10
M12 80 17 14 18 90 65 130 105 80 160 39 65 86-520 SOC-12
M16 95 18 18 24 105 80 160 125 100 200 96 163 86-525 SOC-16
M20 115 24 24 28 125 95 190 155 125 250 187 280 86-530 SOC-20
Installation
1. Screw studding into socket. 2. Ensuring nuts are securely 3. Apply fixture, washer and hexagon nut. 4. Apply torque to ensure clamping of
Assemble two nuts at the locked together, apply the fixture against concrete surface.
other end of the studding. recommended torque through
the top nut. Carefully slacken
and remove nuts.

SOCKET ANCHOR
FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
SOCKET ANCHOR Performance Data
ANCHOR SET FLUSH TO THE SURFACE* ANCHOR SET FLUSH AT DEPTH**

CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC
CHARACTERISTIC DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED EDGE DISTANCE SPACING
SIZE RESISTANCE (Factored) (Unfactored) RESISTANCE (Factored) LOAD (Unfactored) (mm) (mm)
(kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION
(NRk ) (NRd ) (Nrec ) (NRk ) (NRd ) (Nrec ) (Ccr,N ) (Scr,N )
M8 11.9 5.5 4.6 19.7 9.1 7.6 160 180

M10 18.9 8.8 7.3 33.3 15.4 12.8 180 220
M12 26.4 12.2 10.2 43.4 20.1 16.8 200 260
M16 46.5 21.6 18.0 66.8 30.9 25.8 280 340
M20 66.6 30.8 25.7 95.6 44.3 36.9 320 380
* NOTE: Grade of stud 4.6 ** NOTE: Grade of stud 8.8
ANCHOR SET FLUSH TO THE SURFACE* ANCHOR SET FLUSH AT DEPTH**

CHARACTERISTIC DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED EDGE DISTANCE SPACING
SIZE RESISTANCE (Factored) (Unfactored) RESISTANCE (Factored) LOAD (Unfactored) (mm) (mm)
TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION
(NRk ) (NRd ) (Nrec ) (NRk ) (NRd ) (Nrec ) (Ccr,N ) (Scr,N )
M8 12.2 5.6 4.7 25.7 11.9 9.9 160 180

M10 19.2 8.9 7.4 43.2 20.0 16.7 180 220
M12 28.0 13.0 10.8 56.0 25.9 21.6 200 260
M16 52.3 24.2 20.2 87.4 40.5 33.8 280 340
M20 81.3 37.6 31.3 124.4 57.6 48.0 320 380
* NOTE: Grade of stud 4.6 ** NOTE: Grade of stud 8.8
Distances for Socket Anchor. tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted
allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE top of the appropriate table and read down the appropriate reduction factors must be applied
EDGE TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SPACING TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS
(mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
70 0.72 60 0.70
80 0.75 0.70 80 0.75 0.70
90 0.78 0.73 0.70 100 0.80 0.74 0.65
100 0.81 0.76 0.73 140 0.90 0.83 0.74 0.72
120 0.87 0.82 0.78 0.72 180 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.78 0.70
140 0.94 0.88 0.84 0.75 0.70 220 1.00 0.91 0.83 0.76
160 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.79 0.73 260 1.00 0.89 0.82
180 1.00 0.94 0.82 0.77 300 0.94 0.88
200 1.00 0.86 0.80 340 1.00 0.94
240 0.93 0.87 380 1.00
280 1.00 0.93
320 1.00

RAWL R-HPT THROUGHBOLT
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
Sw
The RAWL Throughbolt range has been developed to 1. Standard and limited embedment depth markings to
meet the changing demands of the market in terms ensure correct installation.
Dw of product approval levels, ease of fixing and product 2. Cold formed body ensures constant dimensional
quality. accuracy.
Standard The versatile through fixing for use in a wide range of 3. Stainless steel expander provides an enhanced
embedment applications in concrete of 20N/mm2 and over. performance in cracked concrete.
Reduced Available in: Zinc plated steel. 4. Optimum cone angle for controlled expansion.
embedment
For European Approvals 5. Tested and approved by the independent UK and
see p 6/7. international approval bodies.
ho ho SUITABLE FOR USE IN:

Cracked or Uncracked Concrete
e Barriers
e Structural steel
e Curtain walling
e Hand rails
e Heavy plant
e Balustrading
e Passenger lifts
RAWL R-HPT Throughbolt
BOLT HOLE STANDARD EMBEDMENT REDUCED EMBEDMENT ZINC PLATED

NUT MINIMUM
SIZE/HOLE BOLT WASHER THREAD DIAMETER MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. RECOMMENDED
DIAMETER EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE SUBSTRATES
IN LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH IN HOLE FIXTURE HOLE FIXTURE THICKNESS TORQUE
(mm) ENBEDMENT ENBEDMENT
CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (mm) FIXTURE DEPTH THICKNESS DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) PRODUCT
(AF) (mm) (mm) (mm) NEW CODE
(mm) (l) (Dw ) (lG ) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Tinst ) CODE
(Sw ) (hef ) (hef ) (hmin )
(d)/(do ) (lG ) (ho ) (Tx ) (ho ) (Tx )
50 14 26 5 56-314 R-HPT-08050/5
M8 65 25 33 15 56-316 R-HPT-08065/15
13 17 9 40 100 15
8 mm 80 40 55 48 15 33 30 56-320 R-HPT-08080/15
115 65 55 48 50 33 65 56-325 R-HPT-08115/50
65 22 37 5 56-328 R-HPT-10065/5
80 30 60 53 7 40 16 56-330 R-HPT-10080/7
M10
95 07 21 46 11 60 53 22 50 40 32 100 25 56-332 R-HPT-10095/22
10 mm
115 65 60 53 42 40 52 56-334 R-HPT-10115/42
130 80 60 53 57 40 67 56-336 R-HPT-10130/57
80 30 48 5 56-338 R-HPT-12080/5
100 40 80 74 4 48 24 56-340 R-HPT-12100/4
M12
120 19 24 60 13 80 74 24 60 48 44 10 60 56-342 R-HPT-12120/24
12 mm
135 75 80 74 39 48 58 56-344 R-HPT-12135/39
150 90 80 74 54 48 73 56-346 R-HPT-12150/54
105 55 65 5 56-350 R-HPT-16105/5
M16 140 60 100 89 20 67 40 56-352 R-HPT-16140/20
24 30 18 80 130 110
16 mm 180 100 100 89 60 67 80 56-354 R-HPT-16180/60
220 140 100 89 100 67 120 56-356 R-HPT-16220/100
125 65 80 5 56-360 R-HPT-20125/5
M20 160 65 120 105 20 85 40 56-362 R-HPT-20160/20
30 37 22 100 160 180
20 mm 200 100 120 105 60 85 80 56-364 R-HPT-20200/60
300 100 120 105 160 85 180 56-366 R-HPT-20300/160
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and thoroughly 3. Lightly tap the throughbolt 4. Tighten to the recommended
diameter and depth. clean hole with brush through the fixture into hole torque.
and pump. with a hammer, until fixing
depth is reached.

RAWL R-HPT THROUGHBOLT
FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
RAWL R-HPT Throughbolt Projecting Performance Data
Non-Cracked Concrete Performance Data

STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH REDUCED EMBEDMENT DEPTH CHARACTERISTIC

CHARACTERISTIC
EDGE
CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC SPACING
DESIGN LOAD RECOMMENDED LOAD DESIGN LOAD RECOMMENDED LOAD DISTANCE
LOAD LOAD (mm)
SIZE (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (mm)
(kN) (kN)
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR
(NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) (Scr,N ) (Scr,V )
M8 11.1 16.8 5.1 9.3 4.3 7.8 9.2 9.6 4.3 5.3 3.6 4.4 80 80 100
M10 17.5 19.3 8.1 10.7 6.8 8.9 11.1 15.3 5.2 8.5 4.3 7.1 100 100 120
M12 26.3 32.2 12.2 17.9 10.2 14.9 17.2 23.3 8.0 12.9 6.7 10.8 120 120 150
M16 42.6 48.8 19.7 27.1 16.4 22.6 25.6 44.0 11.9 24.2 9.9 20.2 160 160 180
M20 60.3 75.9 27.9 42.1 23.3 35.1 47.1 65.6 21.8 36.5 18.2 30.4 190 190 260
Cracked Concrete Performance Data


CHARACTERISTIC
EDGE
CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC SPACING
DESIGN LOAD RECOMMENDED LOAD DESIGN LOAD RECOMMENDED LOAD DISTANCE
LOAD LOAD (mm)
SIZE (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (mm)
(kN) (kN)
M8 6.7 15.1 3.1 8.4 2.6 7.0 5.5 8.6 2.6 4.8 2.2 4.0 80 80 100
M10 10.9 17.6 5.0 9.7 4.2 8.1 6.9 13.9 3.2 7.7 2.7 6.4 100 100 120
M12 16.8 29.6 7.8 16.5 6.5 13.7 11.0 21.4 5.1 11.9 4.3 9.9 120 120 150
M16 28.1 45.4 13.0 25.2 10.8 21.0 16.9 40.9 7.9 22.5 6.5 18.8 160 160 180
M20 41.0 71.3 19.0 39.6 15.8 33.0 32.0 61.7 14.8 34.3 12.4 28.6 190 190 260
Distances for Rawl R-HPT. tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted

TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SPACING TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS
EDGE (mm)
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
40 0.60 40
50 0.73 0.62 50 0.65
60 0.87 0.65 0.74 0.60 60 0.77 0.65
80 1.00 0.83 0.65 1.00 0.80 0.67 80 0.88 0.77 0.65
100 1.00 0.83 0.65 1.00 0.84 0.62 100 1.00 0.88 0.77 0.65
120 1.00 0.77 0.65 1.00 0.74 0.58 120 1.00 0.88 0.77
140 0.88 0.77 0.87 0.73 150 1.00 0.88 0.74
160 1.00 0.88 1.00 0.82 180 1.00 0.83
190 1.00 1.00 220 0.91
260 1.00

RAWL R-SPT THROUGHBOLT
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
DESCRIPTION SUITABLE FOR USE IN:
Sw
The RAWL Throughbolt range has been developed to Concrete
meet the changing demands of the market in terms of
product approval levels, ease of fixing and product quality. FEATURES
The versatile through fixing for use in a wide range of 1. Embedment depth markings
Dw
applications in concrete of 20N/mm2 and over. to ensure correct installation.
Standard Available in: 2. Cold formed body ensures
embedment constant dimensional accuracy.
Zinc plated steel, TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Reduced 3. Optimum cone angle
embedment Hot dip galvanized, e Cladding restraint
Stainless steel grade A4. e Curtain wall for controlled expansion.
For European Approvals see p. 6/7 e Balustrading 4. Tested and approved by
e Barriers the independent UK and
ho
e Handrails international approval bodies.
ho e Racking
e Structural Steel
e Bollards.
RAWL R-SPT Throughbolt - Zinc Plated

STANDARD EMBEDMENT REDUCED EMBEDMENT ZINC PLATED
HOLE NUT HOLE MINIMUM
BOLT WASHER THREAD REC.
BOLT IN DIAMETER DIAMETER MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MAXIMUM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MAXIMUM SUBSTRATE
LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH HOLE FIXTURE HOLE FIXTURE THIC KNESS TORQUE
SIZE CONCRETE (mm) IN FIXTURE EMBEDMENT EMBEDMENT PRODUCT
(mm) (mm) (mm) DEPTH THICKNESS DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) NEW CODE
(d) (mm) (AF) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) CODE
(l) (Dw ) (lG ) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Tinst )
(do ) (Sw ) (lG ) (hef ) (hef ) (hmin )
(ho ) (Tx ) (ho ) (Tx )
40 15 24 16 7 56-102 R-SPT-06040/7
55 25 30 22 16 56-104 R-SPT-06055/16
M6 6 70 10 12.5 35 6.5 50 42 12 30 22 32 100 5 56-108 R-SPT-06070/12
85 50 50 42 26 30 22 46 56-110 R-SPT-06085/26
95 60 50 42 36 30 22 56 56-112 R-SPT-06095/36
50 14 40 26 5 56-114 R-SPT-08050/5
65 25 40 33 15 56-116 R-SPT-08065/15
80 40 55 48 15 40 33 30 56-120 R-SPT-08080/15
M8 8 13 17 9 100 15
95 55 55 48 30 40 33 45 56-122 R-SPT-08095/30
115 75 55 48 50 40 33 65 56-125 R-SPT-08115/50
150 70 55 48 85 40 33 100 56-123 R-SPT-08115/85
65 21 50 37 5 56-129 R-SPT-10065/5
80 30 60 52 7 50 40 16 56-128 R-SPT-10080/7
95 45 60 52 22 50 40 32 56-132 R-SPT-10095/22
M10 10 17 21 11 100 25
115 65 60 52 42 50 40 52 56-136 R-SPT-10115/42
130 80 60 52 57 50 40 67 56-138 R-SPT-10130/57
150 100 60 52 77 50 40 87 56-137 R-SPT-10150/77
80 30 60 48 5 56-139 R-SPT-12080/5
100 40 80 69 4 60 48 24 56-140 R-SPT-12100/4
120 60 80 69 24 60 48 44 56-144 R-SPT-12120/24
135 75 80 69 39 60 48 58 56-148 R-SPT-12135/39
M12 12 19 24 13 110 45
150 90 80 69 54 60 48 73 56-150 R-SPT-12150/54
180 100 80 69 84 60 48 103 56-147 R-SPT-12180/84
220 120 80 69 124 60 48 143 56-149 R-SPT-12220/124
235 140 80 69 139 60 48 158 56-146 R-SPT-12235/139
90 32 50 37 20 56-154 R-SPT-16090/20
105 55 80 67 5 56-153 R-SPT-16105/25
125 45 100 89 5 80 67 25 56-155 R-SPT-16125/5
140 60 100 89 20 80 67 40 56-152 R-SPT-16140/20
M16 16 24 30 18 130 110
150 70 100 89 30 80 67 50 56-163 R-SPT-16150/30
180 100 100 89 60 80 67 80 56-156 R-SPT-16180/60
220 140 100 89 100 80 67 120 56-158 R-SPT-16220/100
280 140 100 89 160 80 67 180 56-157 R-SPT-16280/160
125 65 100 85 5 56-159 R-SPT-20125/5
160 65 120 105 20 100 85 40 56-160 R-SPT-20160/20
M20 20 30 37 22 160 180
200 100 120 105 60 100 85 80 56-164 R-SPT-20200/60
300 100 120 105 160 100 85 180 56-166 R-SPT-20300/160
180 65 135 112 20 120 92 35 56-168 R-SPT-24180/20
M24 24 260 36 44 65 26 135 112 100 120 92 115 200 320 56-172 R-SPT-24260/100
300 105 135 112 140 120 92 155 56-175 R-SPT-24300/140

FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
RAWL R-SPT Throughbolt - Hot Dip Galvanized
STANDARD EMBEDMENT REDUCED EMBEDMENT HOT DIP GALVANIZED

BOLT WASHER THREAD MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM REC.
BOLT IN DIAMETER DIAMETER EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE SUBSTRATE
LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH HOLE FIXTURE HOLE FIXTURE THICKNESS TORQUE
SIZE CONCRETE (mm) IN FIXTURE EMBEDMENT EMBEDMENT
(mm) (mm) (mm) DEPTH THICKNESS DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) PRODUCT NEW CODE
(ho ) (Tx ) (ho ) (Tx )
50 14 40 26 5 56-814 R-SPT-HD-08050/5
65 25 40 33 15 56-816 R-SPT-HD-08065/15
M8 8 80 13 17 40 9 55 48 15 40 33 30 100 15 56-820 R-SPT-HD-08080/15
95 55 55 48 30 40 33 45 56-822 R-SPT-HD-08095/30
115 75 55 48 50 40 33 65 56-825 SPT-HD-08115/50
65 21 50 37 5 56-829 R-SPT-HD-10065/5
80 30 60 52 7 50 39 16 56-828 R-SPT-HD-10080/7
M10 10 95 17 21 45 11 60 52 22 50 40 32 100 25 56-832 R-SPT-HD-10095/22
115 65 60 52 42 50 40 52 56-836 R-SPT-HD-10115/42
130 80 60 52 57 50 40 67 56-838 R-SPT-HD-10130/57
80 30 60 48 5 56-839 R-SPT-HD-12080/5
100 40 80 69 4 60 48 24 56-840 R-SPT-HD-12100/4
120 60 80 69 24 60 48 44 56-844 R-SPT-HD-12120/24
M12 12 19 24 13 110 45
135 75 80 69 39 60 48 58 56-848 R-SPT-HD-12135/39
150 90 80 69 54 60 48 75 56-850 R-SPT-HD-12150/54
180 100 80 69 84 60 48 105 56-847 R-SPT-HD-12180/84
105 55 80 65 5 56-853 R-SPT-HD-16105/25
140 60 100 89 20 80 67 40 56-852 R-SPT-HD-16140/20
M16 16 24 30 18 130 110
180 100 100 89 60 80 67 80 56-856 R-SPT-HD-16180/60
220 140 100 89 100 80 67 120 56-858 R-SPT-HD-16220/100
125 65 100 80 5 56-859 R-SPT-HD-20125/5
M20 20 160 30 37 65 22 120 105 20 100 85 40 160 180 56-860 R-SPT-HD-20160/20
200 100 120 105 60 100 85 80 56-864 R-SPT-HD-20200/60
M24 24 260 36 44 65 26 135 112 100 120 92 115 200 320 56-872 R-SPT-HD-24260/100
RAWL R-SPT Throughbolt - Stainless Steel Grade 316 (A4)

STANDARD EMBEDMENT REDUCED EMBEDMENT STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 (A4)
BOLT WASHER THREAD MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM REC.
BOLT IN DIAMETER DIAMETER EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE SUBSTRATE
LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH HOLE FIXTURE HOLE FIXTURE THICKNESS TORQUE
SIZE CONCRETE (mm) IN FIXTURE EMBEDMENT EMBEDMENT
(mm) (mm) (mm) DEPTH THICKNESS DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) PRODUCT NEW CODE
(ho ) (Tx ) (ho ) (Tx )
55 25 30 22 16 56-604 R-SPT-A4-06055/16
M6 6 10 12.5 6.5 100 5
85 50 50 42 26 30 22 46 56-610 R-SPT-A4-06085/26
50 14 40 26 5 56-614 R-SPT-A4-08050/5
65 25 40 33 15 56-616 R-SPT-A4-08065/15
M8 8 13 17 9 100 15
80 40 55 48 15 40 33 30 56-620 R-SPT-A4-08080/15
105 25 55 48 40 40 33 55 56-624 R-SPT-A4-080105/40
65 21 50 37 5 56-627 R-SPT-A4-10065/5
80 30 60 52 7 50 39 16 56-628 R-SPT-A4-10080/7
M10 10 95 17 21 45 11 60 52 22 50 40 32 100 25 56-632 R-SPT-A4-10095/22
115 65 60 52 42 50 40 52 56-636 R-SPT-A4-10115/42
130 80 60 52 57 50 40 67 56-638 R-SPT-A4-10130/57
100 40 80 69 4 60 48 24 56-640 R-SPT-A4-12100/4
120 60 80 69 24 60 48 44 56-644 R-SPT-A4-12120/24
M12 12 19 24 13 110 45
135 75 80 69 39 60 48 58 56-648 R-SPT-A4-12135/39
150 90 80 69 54 60 48 75 56-650 R-SPT-A4-12150/54
105 55 80 65 5 56-651 R-SPT-A4-16105/25
140 60 100 89 20 80 67 40 56-652 R-SPT-A4-16140/20
M16 16 24 30 18 130 110
180 100 100 89 60 80 67 80 56-656 R-SPT-A4-16180/60
220 140 100 89 100 80 67 120 56-658 R-SPT-A4-16220/100
125 65 100 80 5 56-659 R-SPT-A4-20125/5
160 65 120 105 20 100 85 40 56-660 R-SPT-A4-20160/20
M20 20 30 37 22 160 180
200 100 120 105 60 100 85 80 56-664 R-SPT-A4-20200/60
300 100 120 105 160 100 85 180 56-666 R-SPT-A4-20300/160
M24 24 260 36 44 65 26 135 112 100 120 92 115 200 320 56-672 R-SPT-A4-24260/100

FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
RAWL SPT Throughbolt Zinc Plated Performance Data

CHARACTERISTIC
EDGE
SIZE SPACING
CHARACTERISTIC LOAD DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC LOAD DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD DISTANCE
(mm)
(kN) (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) (kN) (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) (mm)
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR
M6 6.8 7.1 3.1 3.9 2.6 3.3 4.5 4.7 2.1 2.6 1.8 2.2 60 80
M8 10.5 13.6 4.9 7.5 4.1 6.3 8.5 10.1 4.0 5.6 3.3 4.7 80 100
M10 15.1 18.4 7.0 10.2 5.8 8.5 10.7 15.3 5.0 8.5 4.2 7.1 100 120
M12 23.7 26.6 11.0 14.8 9.2 12.3 15.0 22.9 7.0 12.7 5.8 10.6 120 150
M16 36.6 50.3 17.0 28.0 14.2 23.3 23.0 42.5 10.7 23.6 8.9 19.7 160 180
M20 45.7 73.3 21.2 40.7 17.7 33.9 38.0 63.2 17.6 35.1 14.7 29.3 190 260
M24 52.8 94.5 24.4 52.5 20.3 43.8 48.9 87.2 22.7 48.4 18.9 40.3 250 300
Edge Distance Zinc Plated (Concrete Only) Spacing (Concrete Only)

EDGE TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SPACING TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS
(mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
30 0.60 30
40 0.73 0.60 0.64 40 0.65
50 0.87 0.73 0.82 0.62 50 0.77 0.65
60 1.00 0.87 0.65 1.00 0.74 0.60 60 0.88 0.77 0.65
80 1.00 0.83 0.65 1.00 0.80 0.67 80 1.00 0.88 0.77 0.65
100 1.00 0.83 0.65 1.00 0.84 0.62 100 1.00 0.88 0.77 0.65
120 1.00 0.77 0.65 1.00 0.74 0.58 120 1.00 0.88 0.77
140 0.88 0.77 0.65 0.87 0.73 0.58 150 1.00 0.88 0.74
160 1.00 0.88 0.74 1.00 0.82 0.66 180 1.00 0.83 0.74
190 1.00 0.83 1.00 0.78 190 0.91 0.83
220 0.91 0.88 220 1.00 0.91
250 1.00 1.00 260 1.00
RAWL SPT Throughbolt Stainless Steel Performance Data


CHARACTERISTIC
EDGE
SIZE SPACING
CHARACTERISTIC LOAD DESIGN LOAD (factored) RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC LOAD DESIGN LOAD RECOMMENDED LOAD DISTANCE
(mm)
(kN) (kN) (unfactored) (kN) (kN) (factored) (kN) (unfactored) (kN) (mm)
M6 7.6 8.0 3.5 4.4 2.9 3.7 5.0 5.7 2.3 3.2 1.9 2.7 60 80 120
M8 11.1 14.7 5.1 8.1 4.3 6.8 9.2 11.3 4.3 6.3 3.6 5.3 80 100 150
M10 17.5 23.1 8.1 12.8 6.8 10.7 11.1 19.3 5.2 10.7 4.3 8.9 100 110 170
M12 26.3 33.5 12.2 18.6 10.2 15.5 17.2 28.7 8.0 15.9 6.7 13.3 120 140 210
M16 40.5 61.4 18.8 34.1 15.7 28.4 28.1 51.8 13.0 28.8 10.8 24.0 160 180 270
M20 54.3 96.0 25.1 53.3 20.9 44.4 47.1 79.4 21.8 36.5 18.2 30.4 190 210 310
M24 64.7 131.2 30.0 72.9 25.0 60.8 60.9 103.4 28.2 57.5 23.5 47.9 230 230 350
Edge Distance Stainless Steel (Concrete Only) Spacing (Concrete Only)
EDGE TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SPACING TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS
30 0.60 30
40 0.73 0.60 40
50 0.87 0.70 0.60 50
60 1.00 0.81 0.65 0.74 0.50 60 0.65
80 1.00 0.83 0.70 1.00 0.74 0.61 80 0.77 0.67
100 1.00 0.85 0.65 1.00 0.87 0.60 100 0.88 0.75 0.68
110 0.92 0.71 1.00 0.70 120 1.00 0.85 0.76 0.70
120 1.00 0.77 0.65 0.81 0.60 150 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70
140 0.88 0.75 0.61 1.00 0.74 0.60 170 1.00 0.86 0.75 0.70
160 1.00 0.85 0.70 0.86 0.71 0.62 210 1.00 0.85 0.79 0.70
180 0.95 0.79 1.00 0.83 0.72 230 0.90 0.83 0.74
190 1.00 0.83 0.88 0.78 270 1.00 0.91 0.83
210 0.91 1.0 0.89 310 1.00 0.91
230 1.0 1.0 350 1.00
Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Where these dimensions are not achievable, the Read off the reduction factor where the two lines
Distances for Rawl SPT. appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor
The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD
the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close
DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending of the appropriate table and read down the left hand edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate
on your design method. column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. reduction factors must be applied.
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and thoroughly 3. Lightly tap the throughbolt through the 4. Tighten to the recommended
diameter and depth. clean hole with brush and pump. fixture into hole with a hammer, until torque.
fixing depth is reached.

BRASS ANCHORS
FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK AND STONE
Product Information

Brass Anchor for medium loads. Non-cracked concrete 20 N/mm2
Anchor is set by torquing the screw or stud inducing Solid Brickwork
expansion. Stone
Possibility of anchoring in substrates where a deep
hole cannot be drilled.
Surface-flush anchorage allows the attached item TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
to be removed and refitted several times. e Pipes
Suitable for all screws and studs with a metric e Suspended ceilings
thread. e Scaffoldings
e Ventilation systems
e Gates
e Gratings
e Consoles
e Cable trays
e Steel constructions
Brass Anchors
M - THREAD D - HOLE H - HOLE L - ANCHOR QUANTITY PRODUCT

SIZE DIAMETER DEPTH LENGTH
PACK OUTER CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
M5 7 22 20 100 2400 TM-05

M6 8 27 25 100 2400 TM-06
M8 10 32 30 100 2400 TM-08
M10 12 43 40 100 2400 TM-10
M12 15 40 38 50 1200 TM-12
M16 20 48 45 50 1200 TM-16
Installation

R-DCA WEDGE ANCHOR
FOR CONCRETE & STONE
Product Information
Provides permanently fixed threaded sockets in concrete. Concrete
Allows bolts or studs to be installed and removed without Stone.
damaging the anchor.
Available in: zinc plated steel and stainless steel grade A4 FEATURES
(1.4401). 1. Internally threaded to take stud or bolt.
Install with manual setting tool or mechanical setting tool 2. Easy to install by hammer action.
for use with hammer action drilling machines. 3. Slotted sleeve and captive internal tapered wedge to
facilitate easy setting and expansion.
e For permanently fixing threaded sockets in concrete and good quality stone.
e Ideal for secure fixing for mechanical services, cable trays, platforms, drain covers, suspended ceilings etc.
e Securing equipment that may need to be removed or replaced.
R-DCA WEDGE ANCHOR - ZINC PLATED ETA PENDING 2007
MAXIMUM
ANCHOR HOLE HOLE
THREAD THREAD LENGTH RECOMMENDED
LENGTH DIAMETER DEPTH PRODUCT
SIZE (mm) TORQUE NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) CODE
(d) (lG ) (Nm)
(l) (do) (ho )
(Tinst )
M6 25 11 8 27 4.5 77-108 WA-06

M8 30 13 10 32 11 77-120 WA-08
M10 40 15 12 42 22 77-132 WA-10
M12 50 20 15 52 38 77-141 WA-12
M16 65 25 20 67 95 77-150 WA-16
M20 80 35 25 82 185 77-162 WA-20
R-DCA WEDGE ANCHOR - STAINLESS STEEL

MAXIMUM
ANCHOR HOLE HOLE
THREAD THREAD LENGTH RECOMMENDED
LENGTH DIAMETER DEPTH PRODUCT
SIZE (mm) TORQUE NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) CODE
(d) (lG ) (Nm)
(l) (do) (ho )
(Tinst )
M6 25 11 8 27 4.5 77-608 WA-A4-06

M8 30 13 10 32 11 77-620 WA-A4-08
M10 40 15 12 42 22 77-632 WA-A4-10
M12 50 20 15 52 38 77-641 WA-A4-12
M16 65 25 20 67 95 77-650 WA-A4-16
Manual Setting Tool Mechanical Setting Tool
THREAD SIZE THREAD SIZE

PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE GRIP TYPE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(d) (d)
M6 77-208 WA-ST-06 M6 SDS-plus 77-209 WA-SDS-06

M16 77-250 WA-ST-16 M16 SDS-max 77-251 WA-SDS-16
M20 77-262 WA-ST-20 M20 SDS-max 77-263 WA-SDS-20
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and 3. Insert wedge anchor, 4. Use the setting tool to 5. Alternatively use mechanical
diameter and depth. thoroughly clean hole with slotted end first. drive the internal wedge setting tool with appropriate
brush and pump. into the anchor. drilling machine.

R-DCA WEDGE ANCHOR
Specication Data
R-DCA WEDGE ANCHOR Performance Data
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC SPACING
SIZE (kN) (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) DISTANCE (mm) * (mm)
(NRk) (VRk) (NRd) (VRd) (Nrec) (Vrec) (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) (Scr,N) (Scr,V)
M6 7.9 4.3 3.7 2.4 3.1 2.0 80 80 90

M8 9.5 7.5 4.4 4.1 3.7 3.4 90 90 110
M10 15.9 11.8 7.4 6.6 6.2 5.5 120 120 140
M12 20.3 17.2 9.4 9.6 7.8 8.0 160 160 170
M16 31.8 32.0 14.7 17.8 12.3 14.8 220 220 250
M20 43.1 49.9 20.0 27.7 16.7 23.1 250 250 300
Distances for Wedge Anchor tables below must be applied to the DESIGN this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or
Minimum Edge Distance (Concrete Only) Spacing (Concrete Only)
(mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
70 70 50 0.80
80 1.00 80 1.00 60 0.85 0.80
90 1.00 90 1.00 70 0.90 0.84 0.80
100 100 90 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.80
120 1.00 120 1.00 110 1.00 0.91 0.85 0.80
140 140 140 1.00 0.93 0.84 0.80
160 1.00 160 1.00 170 1.00 0.88 0.84
190 190 210 0.94 0.89
220 1.00 220 1.00 250 1.00 0.94
250 1.00 250 1.00 300 1.00
* It is recommended that Wedge anchors are not installed below the characteristic edge
distances quoted in the table above.

R-DCL LIPPED WEDGE ANCHOR
Product Information
The Lipped Wedge Anchor provides an easy to install 1. Internally threaded to take stud or bolt.
fixing. 2. Easy to install flush to the surface.
Allows for bolts and studs to be installed and removed 3. Ideal for setting in cavity ceilings.
without effecting the anchor.
Available in zinc plated steel.
Install with manual setting tool or mechanical setting
tool for use with hammer action drilling machines.
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: e Fixing mechanical services
Concrete e Cable trays
Stone. e Platforms
e Drain covers
e Suspended ceilings.
R-DCL WEDGE ANCHOR - Zinc plated ETA PENDING 2007
MAXIMUM
ANCHOR THREAD HOLE HOLE
THREAD RECOMMENDED
LENGTH LENGTH DIAMETER DEPTH PRODUCT
SIZE TORQUE NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) CODE
(d) (Nm)
(l) (lG ) (do) (ho )
(Tinst )
M6 25 11 8 27 4.5 77-908 LWA-06L

M8 30 13 10 32 11 77-920 LWA-08L
M10 40 15 12 42 22 77-932 LWA-10L
M12 50 20 15 52 38 77-941 LWA-12L
M16 65 25 20 67 95 77-950 LWA-16L
Manual Setting Tool Mechanical Setting Tool
THREAD SIZE THREAD SIZE

NEW CODE PRODUCT CODE GRIP TYPE NEW CODE PRODUCT CODE
(d) (d)
M6 77-208 WAN-ST-06-W1 M6 SDS-plus 77-209 WAN-SDS-06-W1
M16 77-250 WAN-ST-16-W1 M16 SDS-max 77-251 WAN-SDS-16-W1
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and 3. Insert wedge anchor, 4. Use the setting tool to 5. Alternatively use mechanical
diameter and depth. thoroughly clean hole slotted end first. drive the internal wedge setting tool with appropriate
with brush and pump. into the anchor. drilling machine.

R-DCL LIPPED WEDGE ANCHOR
Specication Data
R-DCL WEDGE ANCHOR Performance Data
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC SPACING
SIZE (kN) (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) DISTANCE (mm) * (mm)
M6 7.9 4.3 3.7 2.4 3.1 2.0 80 80 90

M8 9.5 7.5 4.4 4.1 3.7 3.4 90 90 110
M10 15.9 11.8 7.4 6.6 6.2 5.5 120 120 140
M12 20.3 17.2 9.4 9.6 7.8 8.0 160 160 170
M16 31.8 32.0 14.7 17.8 12.3 14.8 220 220 250
Distances for Lipped Wedge Anchor. tables below must be applied to the DESIGN this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or
Minimum Edge Distance (Concrete Only) Spacing (Concrete Only)
70 70 50 0.80
80 1.00 80 1.00 60 0.85 0.80
90 1.00 90 1.00 70 0.90 0.84 0.80
100 100 90 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.80
120 1.00 120 1.00 110 1.00 0.91 0.85 0.80
140 140 140 1.00 0.93 0.84
160 1.00 160 1.00 170 1.00 0.88
190 190 210 0.94
220 1.00 220 1.00 250 1.00
250 250 300
* It is recommended that Wedge anchors are not installed below the characteristic edge
distances quoted in the table above.

RAWLBOLT SHIELD ANCHOR LOOSE BOLT
FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & STONE
Product Information
Sw
Dw Worlds most popular expanding shield anchor. 1. Bolt lengths suitable for fixture thickness up to
Easy to use with good load carrying capacity. 150mm.
Ideal general purpose anchor bolt with excellent 2. Ferrule marked with hole
tolerance to variation in hole size. diameter for correct installation.
The collapsible ferrule ensures positive clamping 3. Pressed steel segments
force is transmitted to the fixture. ensure consistent
dimensional accuracy.
ho SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 4. Optimum taper nut angle
Concrete for maximum expansion
Brickwork TYPICAL APPLICATIONS in all substrates.
Stone. e Roller shutter doors
5. Shield available seperately.
e Fire doors
e Steelwork
e Security grills
e Machinery
e Pipework/duct work supports.
RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Loose Bolt
FIXTURE HOLE RECOMMENDED

BOLT HEAD THICKNESS DIAMETER MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MINIMUM TORQUE
BOLT WASHER SHIELD (mm) (mm)
BOLT DIAMETER HOLE EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE (Nm)
LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH PRODUCT
REFERENCE SIZE (mm) IN IN DEPTH DEPTH THICKNESS NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) MAX. MIN. CODE
(d) (AF) FIXTURE STRUCT. (mm) (mm) (mm) 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2
(l) (Dw) (s) (mm) (mm) CONCRETE BRICKWORK
(Sw) (mm) (mm) (ho) (hef) (hmin)
(Tx) (Tx) (Tinst) (Tinst)
(df) (do)
M6 10L 55 10 44-015 RBL-M06/10
M6 25L M6 70 10 12.5 45 25 0 6.5 12 50 35 70 6.5 5.0 44-020 RBL-M06/25
M6 40L 85 40 44-025 RBL-M06/40
M8 10L 65 10 44-055 RBL-M08/10
M8 25L M8 80 13 17 50 25 0 9.0 14 55 40 80 15 7.5 44-060 RBL-M08/25
M8 40L 95 40 44-065 RBL-M08/40
M10 10L 75 10 44-105 RBL-M10/10
M10 25L 90 25 44-110 RBL-M10/25
M10 17 21 60 0 11 16 65 50 100 27 13
M10 50L 115 50 44-115 RBL-M10/50
M10 75L 140 75 44-120 RBL-M10/75
M12 10L 90 10 44-155 RBL-M12/10
M12 25L 105 25 44-160 RBL-M12/25
M12 19 24 75 0 13 20 85 60 120 50 23
M12 40L 120 40 44-165 RBL-M12/40
M12 60L 140 60 44-170 RBL-M12/60
M16 15L 125 15 0 44-205 RBL-M16/15
M16 30L M16 150 24 30 115 30 10 17 25 125 95 190 120 44-210 RBL-M16/30
M16 60L 180 60 30 44-215 RBL-M16/60
M20 60L 195 60 25 44-255 RBL-M20/60
M20 30 37 130 22 32 140 115 220 230
M20 100L 235 100 60 44-260 RBL-M20/100
M24 100L 255 100 25 44-305 RBL-M24/100
M24 36 50 150 26 38 160 125 240 400
M24 150L 300 150 100 44-310 RBL-M24/150
RAWLBOLT Shield
HOLE MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MINIMUM RECOMMENDED TORQUE

SHIELD (Nm)
DIAMETER HOLE EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE
LENGTH
REFERENCE IN STRUCTURE DEPTH DEPTH THICKNESS 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) CONCRETE BRICKWORK
(s)
(do) (ho) (hef) (hmin) (Tinst) (Tinst)
M6S 45 12 50 35 70 6.5 5.0 44-010 RB-M06

M8S 50 14 55 40 80 15 7.5 44-050 RB-M08
M10S 60 16 65 50 100 27 13 44-100 RB-M10
M12S 75 20 85 60 120 50 23 44-150 RB-M12
M16S 115 25 125 95 190 120 44-200 RB-M16
M20S 130 32 140 115 220 230 44-250 RB-M20
M24S 150 38 160 125 240 400 44-300 RB-M24

RAWLBOLT SHIELD ANCHOR LOOSE BOLT
Specication Data
RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Loose Bolt Performance Data
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) Brickwork = 20.5 N/mm2
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE CHARACTERISTIC SPACING RECOMMENDED LOAD
SIZE (kN) (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) (mm) (mm) (Unfactored) (kN)
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR
(NRk) (VRk) (NRd) (VRd) (Nrec) (Vrec) (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) (Scr,N) (Scr,V) (Nrec) (Vrec)
M6 9.6 8.2 4.5 4.5 3.8 3.8 80 100 120 1.8

M8 12.1 12.8 5.6 7.1 4.7 5.9 100 120 150 2.3
M10 16.7 20.9 7.7 11.6 6.4 9.7 120 160 180 2.9
M12 24.6 30.5 11.4 16.9 9.5 14.1 160 180 250 4.3
Bolts above M12
M16 57.4 55.3 26.6 30.7 22.2 25.6 190 260 290 are not recommended
in brickwork.
When calculating loads in
M20 79.4 88.1 36.8 48.9 30.7 40.8 250 300 330 brickwork, apply the published
edge distance and spacing for
concrete and assume these figures
M24 99.0 122.8 45.8 68.2 38.2 56.8 280 350 420 to be the absolute minimums.
Concrete reduction factors must
NOT be applied.
Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Where these dimensions are not achievable, Read off the reduction factor where the two
Distances for Rawlbolt Shield Anchor Loose the appropriate reduction factor/s from the lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply
Bolt tables below must be applied to the DESIGN this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or
(mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
50 0.70 60 0.50 60 0.70
60 0.80 0.70 70 0.64 80 0.80 0.70
70 0.90 0.80 0.70 80 0.76 0.50 100 0.90 0.80 0.70
80 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 100 1.00 0.75 0.50 120 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70
100 1.00 0.90 0.78 0.70 120 1.00 0.69 0.50 150 1.00 0.90 0.78 0.70
120 1.00 0.85 0.78 0.70 160 1.00 0.85 180 1.00 0.85 0.78 0.70
140 0.93 0.85 0.76 0.70 170 0.93 0.50 210 0.93 0.85 0.78 0.70
160 1.00 0.93 0.82 0.76 180 1.00 0.55 250 1.00 0.93 0.85 0.76
190 1.00 0.88 0.82 220 0.76 0.50 290 1.00 0.93 0.82
220 0.94 0.88 260 1.00 0.75 0.50 330 1.00 0.88
250 1.00 0.94 300 1.00 0.75 370 0.94
280 1.00 350 1.00 420 1.00
Brickwork Application
When installing into brickwork and there is a combined load in tension and shear,
the resultant load must not exceed the quoted performance figure.
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and 3. Remove bolt and washer. 4. Insert bolt with washer
diameter and depth. thoroughly clean hole with Insert shield and place through the fixture and
Note: When fixing into brush and pump. fixture over the hole. tighten to the
brickwork, mortar joints recommended torque.
should be avoided.

RAWLBOLT SHIELD ANCHOR BOLT PROJECTING
Product Information
Sw DESCRIPTION SUITABLE FOR USE IN:
Worlds most popular expanding shield anchor. Concrete
Easy to use with good load carrying capacity. Brickwork
Dw Ideal general purpose anchor bolt with excellent Stone.
tolerance to variation in hole size.
The collapsible ferrule ensures positive clamping FEATURES
force is transmitted to the fixture. 1. Provides a projecting stud to support fixture
during installation and removal.
2. Ferrule marked with hole diameter for correct
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS installation.
ho
e Roller shutter doors 3. Pressed steel segments ensure consistent
e Fire doors dimensional accuracy.
e Wall plates 4. Optimum taper nut angle for maximum
e Security grills expansion in all substrates.
e Machinery
e Signs
e Fencing.
RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Bolt Projecting
FIXTURE RECOMMENDED
HOLE DIAMETER
NUT THICKNESS MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MINIMUM TORQUE
BOLT WASHER SHIELD (mm)
BOLT DIAMETER (mm) HOLE EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE (Nm)
LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH PRODUCT
REFERENCE SIZE (mm) IN IN DEPTH DEPTH THICKNESS NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) MAX. MIN. CODE
(d) (AF) FIXTURE STRUCT. (mm) (mm) (mm) 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2
(l) (Dw) (s) (mm) (mm) CONCRETE BRICKWORK
(Sw) (mm) (mm) (ho) (hef) (hmin)
(Tx) (Tx) (Tinst) (Tinst)
(df) (do)
M6 10P 65 10 44-505 RBP-M06/10
M6 25P M6 80 10 12.5 45 25 0 6.5 12 50 35 70 6.5 5.0 44-510 RBP-M06/25
M6 60P 15 60 44-515 RBP-M06/60
M8 10P 75 10 44-555 RBP-M08/10
M8 25P M8 90 13 17 50 25 0 9.0 14 55 40 80 15 7.5 44-560 RBP-M08/25
M8 60P 125 60 44-565 RBP-M08/60
M10 15P 90 15 44-605 RBP-M10/15
M10 30P M10 105 17 21 60 30 0 11 16 65 50 100 27 13 44-610 RBP-M10/30
M10 60P 135 60 44-615 RBP-M10/60
M12 15P 110 15 44-655 RBP-M12/15
M12 30P M12 125 19 24 75 30 0 13 20 85 60 120 50 23 44-660 RBP-M12/30
M12 75P 170 75 44-665 RBP-M12/75
M16 15P 150 15 0 44-705 RBP-M16/15
M16 35P M16 170 24 30 115 35 10 17 25 125 95 190 120 44-710 RBP-M16/35
M16 75P 210 75 35 44-715 RBP-M16/75
M20 15P 170 15 0 44-755 RBP-M20/15
M20 30P M20 185 30 37 130 30 10 22 32 140 115 220 230 44-760 RBP-M20/30
M20 100P 255 100 30 44-765 RBP-M20/100
M24 75P 255 75 0 44-805 RBP-M24/75
M24 36 50 150 26 38 160 125 240 400
M24 120P 300 120 75 44-810 RBP-M24/150
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and 3. Remove nut and washer 4. Add washer and nut and
diameter and depth. thoroughly clean hole with and insert anchor into tighten to recommended
Note: When fixing into brush and pump. hole. Position fixture over torque.
brickwork, mortar joints the thread.
should be avoided.

RAWLBOLT SHIELD ANCHOR BOLT PROJECTING
Specication Data
RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Bolt Projecting Performance Data
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) BRICKWORK = 20.5 N/mm2
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC SPACING RECOMMENDED LOAD
SIZE (kN) (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) DISTANCE (mm) (mm) (Unfactored) (kN)
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR
(NRk) (VRk) (NRd) (VRd) (Nrec) (Vrec) (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) (Scr,N) (Scr,V) (Nrec) (Vrec)
M6 9.6 8.2 4.5 4.5 3.8 3.8 80 100 120 1.8
M8 12.1 12.8 5.6 7.1 4.7 5.9 100 120 150 2.3
M10 16.7 20.9 7.7 11.6 6.4 9.7 120 160 180 2.9
M12 24.6 30.5 11.4 16.9 9.5 14.1 160 180 250 4.3
Bolts above M12
M16 57.4 55.3 26.6 30.7 22.2 25.6 190 260 290 are not recommended
in brickwork.
When calculating loads in
M20 79.4 88.1 36.8 48.9 30.7 40.8 250 300 330 brickwork, apply the published
edge distance and spacing for
concrete and assume these figures
to be the absolute minimums.
M24 99.0 122.8 45.8 68.2 38.2 56.8 280 350 420 Concrete reduction factors must
NOT be applied.
Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing the appropriate reduction factor/s from the Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE
Distances for Rawlbolt Bolt Projecting tables below must be applied to the DESIGN or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table.
The full characteristic edge and spacing distances RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose On the occasion that multiple close edge and/
shown in the table above are the minimum the required bolt diameter across the top of the or spacing distances occur, the appropriate
allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE appropriate table and read down the left hand reduction factors must be applied.
or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your column until actual edge or spacing distance
design method. is found. Read off the reduction factor where
Where these dimensions are not achievable, the two lines intersect (interpolate as required).
(mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 (mm) M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
50 0.70 60 0.50 60 0.70
60 0.80 0.70 70 0.64 80 0.80 0.70
70 0.90 0.80 0.70 80 0.76 0.50 100 0.90 0.80 0.70
80 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 100 1.00 0.75 0.50 120 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70
100 1.00 0.90 0.78 0.70 120 1.00 0.69 0.50 150 1.00 0.90 0.78 0.70
120 1.00 0.85 0.78 0.70 160 1.00 0.85 180 1.00 0.85 0.78 0.70
140 0.93 0.85 0.76 0.70 170 0.93 0.50 210 0.93 0.85 0.78 0.70
160 1.00 0.93 0.82 0.76 180 1.00 0.55 250 1.00 0.93 0.85 0.76
190 1.00 0.88 0.82 220 0.76 0.50 290 1.00 0.93 0.82
220 0.94 0.88 260 1.00 0.75 0.50 330 1.00 0.88
250 1.00 0.94 300 1.00 0.75 370 0.94
280 1.00 350 1.00 420 1.00
Brickwork Application
When installing into brickwork and there is a combined load in tension and shear,
the resultant load must not exceed the quoted performance figure.

RAWLBOLT SHIELD ANCHOR EYE BOLT
Product Information
Suitable for temporary or permanent anchorage. 1. Eye designed & manufactured for maximum
Supplied complete with shield, washer and hex nut. performance.
Must not be used for safety harness applications or 2. Ferrule marked with hole diameter to ensure
for lifting where shock load could be applied. correct installation.
3. Pressed steel segments ensure consistent
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: dimensional accuracy.
Concrete 4. Optimum geometry taper angle for maximum
Brickwork expansion in all substrates.
ho
Stone. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
e Supporting guy ropes, stays
& cables.
e Supporting ladder restraints.
RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Eye Bolt
HOLE MINIMUM EFFECTIVE APPROXIMATE RECOMMENDED TORQUE

SHIELD OVERALL (Nm)
BOLT DIAMETER HOLE EMBEDMENT DIAMETER
LENGTH LENGTH PRODUCT
REFERENCE SIZE IN STRUCTURE DEPTH DEPTH IN EYE 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) CODE
(d) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) CONCRETE BRICKWORK
(s) (l)
(do) (ho) (hef) (E) (Tinst) (Tinst)
M6E M6 45 73 12 50 35 10 6.5 5 44-432 RBL-06E
M8E M8 50 87 14 55 40 12 15 7.5 44-437 RBL-08E
M10E M10 60 108 16 65 50 14 27 13 44-442 RBL-10E
M12E M12 75 130 20 85 60 17 50 23 44-447 RBL-12E
Specication Data (Concrete Only)

RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Eye Bolt Performance Data
CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC

CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD RECOMMENDED LOAD
EDGE DISTANCE SPACING EDGE DISTANCE SPACING
SIZE (kN) (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION TENSION OBLIQUE 45o SHEAR SHEAR

(NRk) (NRd) (Nrec) ( Ccr,N ) (Scr,N ) (Frec ) ( Ccr,V ) (Scr,V )
M6 5.3 2.4 2.0 80 120 0.57 70 80

M8 9.6 4.5 3.8 100 150 1.67 85 100
M10 15.2 7.0 5.8 120 180 2.31 100 120
M12 22.1 10.2 8.5 160 250 3.23 130 160
For brickwork data in tension only, refer to standard Rawlbolt brickwork table on preceding pages
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and 3. Insert the Eye Bolt and 4. Tighten to recommended
diameter and depth. thoroughly clean hole with position accordingly. torque, using the nut (not
Note: When fixing into brush and pump. the eye).
brickwork, mortar joints
should be avoided.

RAWLBOLT SHIELD ANCHOR HOOK BOLT
Product Information
Suitable for temporary or permanent anchorage. 1. Eye designed & manufactured for maximum
Supplied complete with shield, washer and hex nut. performance.
Must not be used for safety harness applications or 2. Ferrule marked with hole diameter to ensure
H for lifting where shock load could be applied. correct installation.
3. Pressed steel segments ensure consistent
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: dimensional accuracy.
Concrete 4. Optimum geometry taper angle for maximum
Brickwork expansion in all substrates.
Stone.
ho TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
e Supporting guy ropes, stays
& cables.
e Supporting ladder restraints.
RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Hook Bolt
HOLE MINIMUM EFFECTIVE APPROXIMATE RECOMMENDED TORQUE

SHIELD OVERALL
BOLT DIAMETER HOLE EMBEDMENT DIAMETER (Nm)
LENGTH LENGTH PRODUCT
REFERENCE SIZE IN STRUCTURE DEPTH DEPTH IN HOOK 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) CODE
(d) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) CONCRETE BRICKWORK
(s) (l)
(do) (ho) (hef) (H) (Tinst) (Tinst)
M6H M6 45 83 12 50 35 8 6.5 5 44-401 RBL-06H
M8H M8 50 98 14 55 40 10 15 7.5 44-406 RBL-08H
M10H M10 60 120 16 65 50 12 27 13 44-411 RBL-10H
M12H M12 75 145 20 85 60 16 50 23 44-416 RBL-12H
Specication Data
RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Hook Bolt Performance Data
BRICKWORK AND CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25)
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD
EDGE DISTANCE SPACING
SIZE (kN) (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN)
(mm) (mm)
Tension Tension Tension Tension Tension

(NRk) (NRd) (Nrec) ( Ccr,N ) (Scr,N )
M6 2.2 1.0 0.8 70 80

M8 4.2 1.9 1.6 85 100
M10 6.5 3.0 2.5 100 120
M12 9.4 4.3 3.6 120 140
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and 3. Insert the Hook Bolt and 4. Tighten to recommended
diameter and depth. thoroughly clean hole with position accordingly. torque, using the nut (not
Note: When fixing into brush and pump. the hook).
brickwork, mortar joints
should be avoided.

RAWLOK BOLT PROJECTING
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK & STONE
Product Information
Sw
The Rawlok is a torque controlled expansion anchor 1. Bolt and drill size marked
comprising a split sleeve and a bolt incorporating an on sleeve to ensure correct installation.
Dw expander wedge. 2. Integral collapse feature to ensure maximum
It is a through fixing, thus allowing the hole in the clamping force is applied to the fixture.
substrate to be drilled through the pre-positioned 3. Anchor designed for optimum performance in
fixture, eliminating the need for marking out, most base material types.
ensuring fast and simple installation. 3. One piece flange nut.
SUITABLE FOR USE IN:

Concrete TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
minimum ho
e Stadium seating
Brickwork
e Radiators
Blockwork
e Satellite dishes
Stone.
e Signs
e Shutters
e Garage doors
RAWLOK Bolt Projecting - Zinc plated
MINIMUM HOLE DIAMETER RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TORQUE(Nm)

NUT MAXIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM (ZINC PLATED)
BOLT FLANGE EFFECTIVE
BOLT DIAMETER FIXTURE HOLE DEPTH SUBSTRATES
LENGTH DIAMETER EMBEDMENT IN IN
SIZE
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
THICKNESS IN STRUCTURE
DEPTH
THICKNESS CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK
(d) (AF) (mm) (mm) (mm) FIXTURE STRUCTURE
(l) (Dw) (mm) 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 14N/mm2 7N/mm2 PRODUCT
(Sw) (Tx) (ho) (hmin) (mm) (mm) NEW CODE
(hef) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) CODE
(df) (do)
M5 56 8 12 25 30 26 50 8 6.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 1.0 69-506 RLK-P-05056
40 10 69-508 RLK-P-06040
M6 10 14 35 26 55 10 8 6.0 6.0 3.0 2.0
65 35 69-510 RLK-P-06065
50 10 69-514 RLK-P-08050
M8 75 13 17 36 40 36 65 12 10 11.0 11.0 6.0 4.0 69-516 RLK-P-08075
95 55 69-518 RLK-P-08095
60 10 69-520 RLK-P-10060
75 27 69-522 RLK-P-10070
M10 15 21 55 43 85 14 12 22.0 22.0 11.0 8.0
100 50 69-524 RLK-P-10100
130 80 69-525 RLK-P-10130
110 55 69-528 RLK-P-12110
M12 18 26 60 50 90 18 16 38.0 38.0 25.0 12.0
145 85 69-530 RLK-P-12145
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required 2. Remove debris and 3. Insert Rawlok Sleeve 4. Tighten to recommended
diameter and depth. thoroughly clean hole with Anchor through torque with torque wrench.
Note: Fixing into mortar brush and pump. the fixture into the hole.
joints should be avoided.

RAWLOK BOLT PROJECTING
Specication Data
RAWLOK Bolt Projecting Performance Data
RECOMMENDED LOAD
CHARACTERISTIC LOAD DESIGN LOAD FACTORED CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE CHARACTERISTIC SPACING
UNFACTORED
SIZE (kN) (kN) (mm) (mm)
(kN)
(NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) (Scr,N) (Scr,V)
M5 5.0 3.6 2.3 2.0 1.9 1.9 60 60 60

M6 6.9 5.4 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.5 70 80 80
M8 9.3 9.0 4.3 5.0 3.6 4.2 80 100 100
M10 11.4 12.6 5.3 7.0 4.4 5.8 100 120 120
M12 14.5 19.8 6.7 11.0 5.6 9.2 120 160 160
BRICKWORK, fck = 20.5N/mm2 BLOCKWORK, fck = 14N/mm2 BLOCKWORK, fck = 7N/mm2
CHARACTERISTIC RECOMMENDED CHARACTERISTIC RECOMMENDED CHARACTERISTIC RECOMMENDED

DESIGN LOAD DESIGN LOAD DESIGN LOAD
SIZE LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD
(kN) (kN) (kN)
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR
(NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec )
M5 2.4 3.4 1.1 1.9 0.9 1.6 1.9 3.4 0.9 1.9 0.8 1.6 1.5 2.3 0.7 1.3 0.6 1.1
M6 3.7 5.2 1.7 2.9 1.4 2.4 3.2 5.2 1.5 2.9 1.3 2.4 2.4 2.5 1.1 1.4 0.9 1.2
M8 5.0 8.6 2.3 4.8 1.9 4.0 4.5 8.6 2.1 4.8 1.8 4.0 3.5 2.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.3
M10 6.0 10.3 2.8 5.7 2.3 4.8 5.6 10.3 2.6 5.7 2.2 4.8 4.5 3.1 2.1 1.7 1.8 1.4
M12 7.3 13.1 3.4 7.3 2.8 6.1 6.9 13.1 3.2 7.3 2.7 6.1 5.8 3.4 2.7 1.9 2.3 1.6
When calculating loads in brickwork and blockwork apply the published edge distance and spacing for
concrete and assume these figures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must NOT
be applied.
Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Where these dimensions are not achievable, Read off the reduction factor where the two
Distances for Rawlok Sleeve Anchor Bolt the appropriate reduction factor/s from the lines intersect (interpolate as required).
Projecting. tables below must be applied to the DESIGN Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE
The full characteristic edge and spacing distances RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table.
40 0.75 40 0.58 40 0.80
50 0.87 0.79 50 0.79 0.53 50 0.90 0.77
60 1.00 0.89 0.81 60 1.00 0.69 0.50 60 1.00 0.85 0.76
70 1.00 0.91 0.77 70 0.84 0.62 0.48 70 0.92 0.82 0.75
80 1.00 0.85 80 1.00 0.75 0.58 80 1.00 0.88 0.80
90 0.92 0.81 90 0.87 0.69 0.45 90 0.94 0.85 0.74
100 1.00 0.87 100 1.00 0.79 0.53 100 1.00 0.90 0.77
120 1.00 120 1.00 0.69 120 1.00 0.85
140 140 0.84 140 0.92
160 160 1.00 160 1.00

RAWLOK LOOSE BOLT
Product Information
Sw DESCRIPTION FEATURES
All purpose expansion anchor for use in medium weight 1. 5.8 grade bolt for high
applications in brickwork, blockwork and hard masonry. performance.
Dw Through fixing, allows drilling through pre-positioned 2. Bolt and drill size marked on sleeve for accurate
fixture. installation.
No marking out required. 3. Integral collapse feature to ensure maximum
Available in yellow passivated zinc plated steel and clamping force is applied to the fixture.
stainless steel. 4. Anchor designed for optimum performance in
most base materials.
Concrete
Brickwork
e Stadium seating
Blockwork
minimum ho e Radiators
Stone.
e Signs
e Satellite dishes
e Wall plates
e Shutters
e Garage doors.
RAWLOK Loose Bolt - Zinc plated
MINIMUM HOLE DIAMETER RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TORQUE (Nm)

HEAD MAXIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM
BOLT WASHER EFFECTIVE
LENGTH DIAMETER EMBEDMENT IN IN PRODUCT
SIZE (mm) THICKNESS INSTRUCTURE THICKNESS CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) DEPTH FIXTURE STRUCTURE CODE
(d) (AF) (mm) (mm) (mm) 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 14N/mm2 7N/mm2
(l) (Dw) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(Sw) (Tx) (ho) (hmin) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst)
(hef) (df) (do)
60 15 69-715 RLK-L-08060
M8 13 24 45 70 32 12 10 11.0 11.0 6.0 4.0
80 35 69-716 RLK-L-08080
70 14 69-722 RLK-L-10070
M10 17 30 55 85 40 14 12 22.0 22.0 11.0 8.0
100 44 69-721 RLK-L-10100
RAWLOK Loose Bolt - Stainless Steel
MINIMUM HOLE DIAMETER RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TORQUE (Nm)

HEAD MAXIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM
BOLT WASHER EFFECTIVE
LENGTH DIAMETER EMBEDMENT IN IN PRODUCT
SIZE (mm) THICKNESS INSTRUCTURE THICKNESS CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) DEPTH FIXTURE STRUCTURE CODE
(d) (AF) (mm) (mm) (mm) 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 14N/mm2 7N/mm2
(l) (Dw) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(Sw) (Tx) (ho) (hmin) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst)
(hef) (df) (do)
M6 40 10 14 10 35 55 26 10 8 6.0 6.0 3.0 2.0 69-308 RLK-A2-06040

M8 50 13 17 10 40 65 36 12 10 11.0 11.0 6.0 4.0 69-314 RLK-A2-08050
M10 75 15 21 27 55 85 43 14 12 22.0 22.0 11.0 8.0 69-322 RLK-A2-10075
RAWLOK Countersunk - Zinc plated

W
MINIMUM MINIMUM HOLE DIAMETER RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TORQUE (Nm)

HEAD MAXIMUM MINIMUM
BOLT HOLE DEPTH EFFECTIVE
BOLT DIAMETER FIXTURE SUBSTRATES
LENGTH IN EMBEDMENT IN IN PRODUCT
SIZE (mm) THICKNESS THICKNESS CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK NEW CODE
(mm) STRUCTURE DEPTH FIXTURE STRUCTURE CODE
(d) (AF) (mm) (mm) 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 14N/mm2 7N/mm2
(l) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
min. (Sw) (Tx) (hmin) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst)
(ho) (hef) (df) (do)
ho
53 25 69-572 RLK-C-05053
M5 12 30 50 27 8 6.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 1
80 46 69-574 RLK-C-05080

RAWLOK LOOSE BOLT
Specication Data
RAWLOK Loose Bolt/Countersunk Performance Data
RECOMMENDED LOAD
CHARACTERISTIC LOAD DESIGN LOAD FACTORED CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE CHARACTERISTIC SPACING
UNFACTORED
(kN)
(NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) (Scr,N) (Scr,V)
M5 5.0 3.6 2.3 2.0 1.9 1.7 60 60 60

M6 6.9 5.4 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.5 70 80 80
M8 9.3 9.0 4.3 5.0 3.6 4.2 80 100 100
M10 11.4 12.6 5.3 7.0 4.4 5.8 100 120 120
BRICKWORK, fck = 20.5N/mm2 BLOCKWORK, fck = 14N/mm2 BLOCKWORK, fck = 7N/mm2
CHARACTERISTIC RECOMMENDED CHARACTERISTIC RECOMMENDED CHARACTERISTIC RECOMMENDED

DESIGN LOAD DESIGN LOAD DESIGN LOAD
SIZE LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD
(kN) (kN) (kN)
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR
(NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec ) (NRk ) (VRk ) (NRd ) (VRd ) (Nrec ) (Vrec )
M5 2.4 3.4 1.1 1.9 0.9 1.6 1.9 3.4 0.9 1.9 0.8 1.6 1.5 2.3 0.7 1.3 0.6 1.1
M6 3.7 5.2 1.7 2.9 1.4 2.4 3.2 5.2 1.5 2.9 1.3 2.4 2.4 2.5 1.1 1.4 0.9 1.2
M8 5.0 8.6 2.3 4.8 1.9 4.0 4.5 8.6 2.1 4.8 1.8 4.0 3.5 2.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.3
M10 6.0 10.3 2.8 5.7 2.3 4.8 5.6 10.3 2.6 5.7 2.2 4.8 4.5 3.1 2.1 1.7 1.8 1.4
When calculating loads in brickwork and blockwork apply the published edge distance and spacing for
concrete and assume these figures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must NOT
be applied.
Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Where these dimensions are not achievable, the Read off the reduction factor where the two
Distances for Rawlok Loose Bolt. appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables lines intersect (interpolate as required).
The full characteristic edge and spacing distances below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE
shown in the table above are the minimum or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table.
allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate On the occasion that multiple close edge and/
or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your table and read down the left hand column until or spacing distances occur, the appropriate
design method. actual edge or spacing distance is found. reduction factors must be applied.
40 0.75 40 0.58 40 0.80
50 0.87 0.79 50 0.79 0.53 50 0.90 0.77
60 1.00 0.89 0.81 60 1.00 0.69 0.50 60 1.00 0.85 0.76
70 1.00 0.91 0.77 70 0.84 0.62 0.48 70 0.92 0.82 0.75
80 1.00 0.85 80 1.00 0.75 0.58 80 1.00 0.88 0.80
90 0.92 90 0.87 0.69 90 0.94 0.85
100 1.00 100 1.00 0.79 100 1.00 0.90
120 120 1.00 120 1.00
Installation
1. Drill a hole of required diameter 2. Remove debris and 3. Insert Rawlok Sleeve 4. Tighten to recommended
and depth. thoroughly clean hole with Anchor through torque with torque wrench.
Note: When fixing into brickwork, brush and pump. the fixture into the hole.
mortar joints should be avoided.

R-CAS RAWL CAPSULE
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
R-CAS is a high performance resin anchor system 1. High performance.
for use in safety critical applications. The system 2. Quick and easy to install.
relies on the adhesion between the concrete and 3. Capsule contains exact amounts of ingredients
resin, which is free from expansion forces. This making it a very consistent product.
makes it an ideal choice where there are close edge 4. Adhesive strength is not affected by unpolluted
and spacing distances. water (curing time will be affected).
5. Suitable for overhead applications.
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 6. Suitable for use in wet conditions.
Concrete.
e Heavy Machinery
e Structural Steel to concrete
RAWL R-CAS Capsules

HOLE RECOMMENDED
MAXIMUM HOLE
DIAMETER TORQUE
CAPSULE CAPSULE FIXTURE HOLE DIAMETER DEPTH IN
IN (Nm) CAPSULES PRODUCT
SIZE LENGTH THICKNESS IN FIXTURE (mm) CONCRETE NEW CODE
CONCRETE (Tinst) PER BOX CODE
(d) (mm) (mm) (df) (mm)
(mm)
(Tx) (ho)
(do) IN CONCRETE
M8 80 17 10 9 80 11 10 60-428 R-CAS-08
M10 80 28 12 11 90 22 10 60-430 R-CAS-10
M12 95 36 14 13 110 38 10 60-432 R-CAS-12
M16 95 42 18 17 125 95 10 60-436 R-CAS-16
M20 175 65 25 22 170 150 6 60-442 R-CAS-20
M24 210 55 28 26 210 200 6 60-446 R-CAS-24
M30 265 65 35 33 280 320 6 60-450 R-CAS-30
Boxes of M8 to M16 contain a socket driver suitable for a standard drill chuck.
Please see accessories on page 64 for additional socket drivers.
For range of internally threaded sockets see accessories page 65.
RAWL R-CAS Studs (Also suitable for all cartridge resin systems)
NUT STUD PRODUCT CODES (Complete with nut and washer)

STUD STUD OVERALL WASHER
DIAMETER STUDS
THREAD SIZE LENGTH DIAMETER ZINC PLATED STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 A4 R-CAS Stud Drivers
(mm) PER
(mm) (mm) (mm)
(AF) BOX/ PRODUCT
(d) (l) (Dw) NEW CODE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(Sw) PACK CODE
M8 110 13 17 10 60-708 STUDS-08110 60-906 STUDS-08110-A4 60-649 STUDS-08110-05
M16 190 24 30 10 60-716 STUDS-16190 60-921 STUDS-16190-A4
M20 260 30 37 6 60-720 STUDS-20260 60-926 STUDS-20260-A4
M24 295 36 44 6 60-724 STUDS-24295 60-931 STUDS-24295-A4
M30 380 46 56 5 STUDS-30380
BASE MATERIAL
> 20 11 20 6 10 15 -5 0
TEMPERATURE (oC)
Curing time dry 30 mins 1 hour 3 hours 6 hours 15 hours
Curing time wet 1 hour 2 hours 6 hours 12 hours 30 hours

R-CAS RAWL CAPSULE
FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
RAWL R-CAS Performance Data

CHARACTERISTIC
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC EDGE
SPACING
SIZE (kN) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) DISTANCE (mm)
(mm)
M8 15.4 9.9 8.3 7.9 5.9 5.7 100 130 130

M10 23.8 15.7 11.3 12.6 8.1 9.0 130 150 150
M12 35.1 22.9 15.9 18.3 11.4 13.1 150 170 170
M16 64.4 42.5 28.0 34.0 20.0 24.3 170 190 190
M20 103.9 66.8 43.3 53.4 30.9 38.2 220 220 220
M24 138.3 95.7 55.3 76.6 39.5 54.7 260 260 260
M30 213.9 152.5 85.5 122.0 61.1 87.1 340 340 340
Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances. top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until
The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor
above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this
RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted
Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing
factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.
or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the
TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SPACING TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS
EDGE
(mm) (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
60 0.76 0.50 60 0.80
70 0.82 0.75 0.58 0.50 70 0.83 0.80
80 0.88 0.80 0.74 0.66 0.57 0.50 80 0.87 0.83 0.80
90 0.94 0.85 0.78 0.75 0.64 0.56 90 0.90 0.86 0.83
100 1.0 0.90 0.83 0.77 0.83 0.71 0.62 0.52 100 0.93 0.89 0.85 0.81
110 0.95 0.87 0.81 0.92 0.78 0.69 0.58 0.50 110 0.97 0.91 0.87 0.83 0.80
130 1.0 0.96 0.89 0.77 1.0 0.93 0.81 0.68 0.59 0.50 130 1.0 0.97 0.92 0.87 0.84 0.80
150 1.0 0.96 0.83 0.76 1.0 0.94 0.79 0.68 0.57 150 1.0 0.97 0.92 0.87 0.83
170 1.0 0.88 0.81 1.0 0.89 0.77 0.65 0.50 170 1.0 0.96 0.91 0.86 0.80
190 0.94 0.86 0.75 1.0 0.86 0.73 0.56 190 1.0 0.95 0.89 0.82
220 1.0 0.93 0.80 1.0 0.85 0.65 220 1.0 0.94 0.85
260 1.0 0.88 1.0 0.76 260 1.0 0.90
300 0.92 0.88 300 0.95
340 1.0 1.0 340 1.0
Installation
1. Drill correct diameter and 2. Clean the hole using brush 3. Insert R-CAS capsule into 4. Offer stud or socket up
depth of hole for the stud and air three times. the hole. Connect stud or to capsule and switch on
or socket. socket to drilling machine machine. Drive stud or 5. Position fixture and tighten
using the appropriate socket into capsule. To to recommended torque.
driver system. prevent over mixing, stop as
soon as bottom of hole is
reached. Leave undisturbed
until resin has set.

R-HAC RAWL CAPSULE
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
R-HAC capsule range is a high performance fixing 1. High performance.
system that offers a quick and simple method of 2. Quick and easy to install.
fixing either threaded studs or rebar into solid 3. No expensive tooling required for installation.
concrete. 4. Long shelf life.
Simply installed by hammering the stud or rebar 5. Double capsules can be used for deep
through the capsule using a hammer or embedment.
mechanical drill. 6. Ideal for starter bar applications.
Not suitable for overhead applications.
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

Concrete. e Starter Bar (Rebar)
e Studding
RAWL R-HAC (Studding)

HOLE CAPSULES CODES
If you are bonding rebar into CAPSULE CAPSULE DIAMETER
HOLE DIAMETER HOLE DEPTH RECOMMENDED
IN FIXTURE IN CONCRETE TORQUE CAPSULES PER
reinforced concrete, where DIAMETER LENGTH IN CONCRETE
(mm) (mm) (Nm) BOX/PACK
(mm) (mm) (mm) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
the size, position etc. of the (do)
(df) (ho) (Tinst)
reinforcing is known, then
M8 85 10 9 85 6 10 60-600 R-HAC-08
design principles contained
M10 85 12 11 85 12 10 60-601 R-HAC-10
within Eurocode 2 can be
M12 95 14 13 110 20 10 60-602 R-HAC-12
adopted instead of the design
recommendations contained M16 95 18 17 140 45 10 60-603 R-HAC-16
within this manual. M20 140 25 22 180 100 6 60-604 R-HAC-20
M24 215 28 26 210 150 6 60-605 R-HAC-24
M30 270 35 32 265 300 6 60-606 R-HAC-30
Rebar
REBAR NOMINAL ACTUAL HOLE DIAMETER HOLE HOLE

NUMBER PRODUCT CODE
CAPSULE DIAMETER DIAMETER IN CONCRETE DEPTH DEPTH NUMBER OF
OF
TYPE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) CAPSULES
CAPSULES
(d) (df) (do) (ho) (ho) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
M10 10 11.5 13 85 1 170 2 60-601 R-HAC-10

M12 12 13.9 15 110 1 220 2 60-602 R-HAC-12
M16 16 18.7 20 140 1 280 2 60-603 R-HAC-16
M20 20 23.4 25 180 1 360 2 60-604 R-HAC-20
M24 25 29.2 30 210 1 420 2 60-605 R-HAC-24
M30 32 37.4 38 265 1 530 2 60-606 R-HAC-30
BASE MATERIAL
> 20 11 20 1 10 -5 0
TEMPERATURE (C)
Curing time 1 hour 2 hours 5 hours 10 hours
Installation
1. Drill appropriate 2. Clean the hole using 3. Insert capsule(s).

hole for anchor brush and air three 4. The rebar is simply hammered through 5. Pour new concrete.
taking care to times. the capsule using a manual hammer
achieve the exact (M8 - M12) or mechanical hammer
hole depth. (M16 - M30). Leave undisturbed until
resin has set.

R-HAC RAWL CAPSULE
FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
RAWL R-HAC Performance Data
DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC

CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE
(Factored) (Unfactored) SPACING
SIZE (kN) (mm)
(kN) (kN) (mm)
M8 12.3 9.9 6.1 7.9 4.4 5.7 80 100 100

M10 19.4 15.7 9.7 12.6 6.9 9.0 90 130 130
M12 29.2 22.9 13.9 18.3 9.9 13.1 110 150 150
M16 51.2 42.5 23.3 34.0 16.6 24.3 130 170 170
M20 76.8 66.8 33.4 53.4 23.9 38.2 150 190 210
M24 94.6 95.7 39.4 76.6 28.1 54.7 190 240 240
M30 119.6 153.3 47.9 122.6 34.2 87.6 240 280 280

Performance is based on single capsule embedment.
Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances. top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until
above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor
RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table.
Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur,
factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.
EDGE TENSILE : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SHEAR : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SPACING TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS
50 0.77 0.50 50 0.80

60 0.85 0.80 0.60 0.50 60 0.84 0.80
70 0.92 0.87 0.78 0.70 0.58 0.50 70 0.88 0.83 0.80
80 1.00 0.93 0.84 0.80 0.66 0.57 80 0.92 0.87 0.83
90 1.00 0.89 0.82 0.90 0.75 0.64 0.56 90 0.96 0.90 0.86 0.81
100 0.95 0.86 0.80 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.62 0.56 100 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.84 0.80
110 1.00 0.91 0.84 0.77 0.92 0.78 0.69 0.61 0.50 110 0.97 0.91 0.86 0.82 0.79
130 1.00 0.92 0.83 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.72 0.59 130 1.00 0.97 0.91 0.86 0.82 0.80
150 1.00 0.90 0.82 1.00 0.94 0.83 0.68 0.50 150 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.85 0.83
170 0.97 0.86 1.00 0.94 0.77 0.58 170 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.85
190 1.00 0.90 1.00 0.86 0.65 190 0.98 0.92 0.88
210 0.94 0.95 0.73 210 1.00 0.95 0.91
240 1.00 1.00 0.85 240 1.00 0.95
280 1.00 280 1.00

CFS RV200 VINYLESTER STYRENE FREE RESIN
FOR CONCRETE AND STONE
Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS RV200 is a high performance, Concrete
e Curtain walling styrene free vinylester resin Stone
e Balustrading that is suitable for use in
e Handrails concrete, and other solid
ETA PENDING 2007 e Canopies
masonry structures. This
makes it ideal for applications
e Rebar
Available from June 2007 where conventional expansion
anchors present problems.
RV200 Vinylester Styrene Free Resin 300 ml CFS GUN
DESCRIPTION QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
4 FOILS & 4 NOZZLES 4 Pack CFS-RV200-4

12 FOILS & 12 NOZZLES 12 Pack CFS-RV200-12
DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE
24 FOILS 24 Pack CFS-RV200-24
300 ml CFS-GUN
CFS NOZZLE
QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
4 Pack CFS-NOZ-4
24 Pack CFS-NOZ-24
Stud Data
HOLE HOLE STANDARD RECOMMENDED STUD PRODUCT CODES APPROX.
STUD STUD MAXIMUM TORQUE
WASHER DIAMETER DIAMETER EMBEDMENT No.
THREAD OVERALL FIXTURE (Nm) STAINLESS STEEL GRADE
DIAMETER IN IN IN ZINC PLATED OF HOLES
SIZE LENGTH THICKNESS (Tinst) 316 A4
(mm) CONCRETE FIXTURE CONCRETE PER 300ML
(mm) (mm) (mm)
(D w) (mm) (mm) (mm) CARTRIDGE
(d) (l) (Tx)
(do) (df) (ho) CONCRETE NEW CODE NEW CODE
M8 110 17 17 10 9 80 11 STUDS-08110 STUDS-08110-A4 66

M10 130 21 28 12 11 90 22 STUDS-10130 STUDS-10130-A4 48
M12 160 24 36 14 13 110 38 STUDS-12160 STUDS-12160-A4 33
M16 190 30 42 18 17 125 95 STUDS-16190 STUDS-16190-A4 22
M20 260 37 90 24 22 145 150 STUDS-20260 STUDS-20260-A4 6
M20 DEEP 260 37 65 24 22 180 150 STUDS-20260 STUDS-20260-A4 5
M24 295 44 95 28 26 180 200 STUDS-24295 STUDS-24295-A4 5
M24 DEEP 295 44 55 28 26 210 200 STUDS-24295 STUDS-24295-A4 4
M30 380 56 65 35 33 280 320 STUDS-30380 - 2
The specification of longer studs will allow We recommend that for embedment above BASE MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE WORKING TIME CURING TIME
greater fixture thicknesses than shown 500 mm and 20 mm in diameter a power (C)
for the standard studs quoted. Minimum operated resin gun should be used. Please -5 - 0 40 mins 6 hours
embedment should be observed. contact the Rawl Technical Advisory Service 0-5 30 mins 3 hours
for further advice. 5 - 10 18 mins 2 hours
10 - 20 12 mins 1 hour 20 mins
20 - 30 6 mins 45 mins
30 - 35 3 mins 25 mins
> 35 1,5 mins 20 mins
Installation Solid Substrates

1. Drill hole 2. Clean 3. Insert foil into CFS 4. Insert stud or
to correct the hole gun and attach socket with a
diameter using nozzle. twisting action.
and depth brush Dispense to waste Leave the anchor
for stud size and air until an even undisturbed until
being used. three colour. the resin has
times. Then insert nozzle cured and then
and then pump attach fixture.
into hole.

CFS RV200 VINYLESTER STYRENE FREE RESIN
FOR CONCRETE AND STONE
Specication Data
Performance Data
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC
(kN) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) DISTANCE SPACING
(mm) (mm)
SIZE
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR
(NRk) (VRk) (NRd) (VRd) (Nrec) (Vrec) TENSION & SHEAR
TENSION SHEAR (Scr)
5,8 8,8 5,8 8,8 5,8 8,8 5,8 8,8 5,8 8,8 5,8 8,8
(Ccr,N) (Ccr,V)
Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade
M8 17.2 26.9 9.9 15.4 9.1 14.1 7.9 12.3 6.5 10.1 5.7 8.8 120 135 120
M10 27.6 42.6 15.7 24.1 13.1 20.3 12.6 19.3 9.4 14.5 9.0 13.8 135 165 135
M12 39.9 54.1 22.9 35.2 18.1 24.6 18.3 28.2 12.9 17.6 13.1 20.1 165 190 165
M16 74.5 74.5 42.5 65.1 32.4 32.4 34.0 52.1 23.1 23.1 24.3 37.2 190 235 190
M20 103.3 103.3 66.8 106.4 43.0 43.0 53.4 85.1 30.7 30.7 38.2 60.8 235 255 235
M20 DEEP 115.8 115.8 66.8 106.4 48.3 48.3 53.4 85.1 34.5 34.5 38.2 60.8 255 255 255
M24 128.9 128.9 95.7 152.5 51.6 51.6 76.6 122.0 36.8 36.8 54.7 87.1 280 315 280
M24 DEEP 145.8 145.8 95.7 152.5 58.3 58.3 76.6 122.0 41.6 41.6 54.7 87.1 315 315 315
M30 210.1 210.1 155.7 248.6 77.8 77.8 124.6 198.8 55.6 55.6 89.0 142.0 440 440 440
Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until
above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this
or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted
these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing
from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.
RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the

TENSILE : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS SHEAR : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS
EDGE SPACING
(mm) M20 M24 (mm) M20 M24
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
DEEP DEEP DEEP DEEP
80 0.67 0.58 60 0.79
90 0.75 0.67 0.65 0.53 70 0.83 0.80
100 0.84 0.73 0.73 0.60 0.53 80 0.87 0.83 0.80
110 0.92 0.80 0.67 0.80 0.66 0.59 90 0.91 0.86 0.83
120 1.0 0.87 0.73 0.88 0.72 0.64 0.52 100 0.94 0.90 0.85 0.81
125 0.92 0.77 0.66 0.92 0.76 0.67 0.55 110 0.97 0.93 0.88 0.84 0.81 0.79
135 1.0 0.83 0.71 1.0 0.82 0.72 0.59 0.53 120 1.0 0.96 0.91 0.86 0.83 0.81 0.79 0.77
165 1.0 0.87 0.70 0.65 1.0 0.89 0.71 0.65 0.52 135 1.0 0.94 0.90 0.86 0.84 0.81 0.80
190 1.0 0.8 0.74 0.67 1.0 0.83 0.75 0.60 165 1.0 0.96 0.91 0.89 0.86 0.84 0.77
210 0.89 0.82 0.74 0.67 0.9 0.83 0.66 190 1.0 0.94 0.92 0.90 0.87 0.80
235 1.0 0.92 0.83 0.75 1.0 0.93 0.74 0.53 235 1.0 0.98 0.95 0.92 0.84
255 1.0 0.9 0.82 1.0 0.81 0.58 255 1.0 0.97 0.94 0.86
280 1.0 0.90 0.65 0.89 0.64 280 1.0 0.97 0.89
315 1.0 0.73 1.0 0.72 315 1.0 0.91
380 0.87 0.87 380 0.96
440 1.0 1.0 440 1.0

CFS RM50 POLYESTER STYRENE FREE RESIN
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK AND STONE
Product Information
DESCRIPTION
RM50 is a high performance, styrene SUITABLE FOR USE IN:
free resin that is suitable for use in Concrete
concrete, and other solid or hollow
masonry structures. This makes it ideal Brickwork
for applications where conventional Blockwork
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS expansion anchors are not appropria- Stone
e Curtain walling
te.
e Balustrading
e Handrails
e Canopies CFS GUN
e Rebar
RM50 Polyester Styrene Free Resin 300 ml
DESCRIPTION QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE
4 FOILS & 4 NOZZLES 4 Pack CFS-RM50-4 300 ml CFS-GUN

12 FOILS & 12 NOZZLES 12 Pack CFS-RM50-12
CFS NOZZLE
24 FOILS 24 Pack CFS-RM50-24
4 Pack CFS-NOZ-4
24 Pack CFS-NOZ-24
Stud Data
HOLE HOLE Standard RECOMMENDED STUD PRODUCT CODES APPROX
STUD MAXIMUM
STUD THREAD WASHER DIAMETER DIAMETER embedment TORQUE No.
OVERALL FIXTURE ZINC STAINLESS STEEL GRADE
SIZE DIAMETER IN IN IN (Nm) OF HOLES
LENGTH THICKNESS PLATED 316 A4
(mm) (mm) CONCRETE FIXTURE CONCRETE (Tinst) PER 300ML
(mm) (mm)
(d) (D w) (mm) (mm) (mm) CARTRIDGE
(l) (Tx) PRODUCT PRODUCT
(do) (df) (ho) CONCRETE BRICKWORK NEW CODE NEW CODE
CODE CODE
M8 110 17 17 10 9 80 11 2 60-708 STUDS-08110 60-906 STUDS-08110-A4 66
M10 130 21 28 12 11 90 22 6 60-710 STUDS-10130 60-911 STUDS-10130-A4 48
M12 160 24 36 14 13 110 38 11 60-712 STUDS-12160 60-916 STUDS-12160-A4 33
M16 190 30 42 18 17 125 95 24 60-716 STUDS-16190 60-921 STUDS-16190-A4 22
M20 260 37 90 24 22 145 150 - 60-720 STUDS-20260 60-926 STUDS-20260-A4 6
M20 DEEP 260 37 55 24 22 180 150 - 60-720 STUDS-20260 60-926 STUDS-20260-A4 5
M24 295 44 85 28 26 180 200 - 60-724 STUDS-24295 60-931 STUDS-24295-A4 5
M24 DEEP 295 44 55 28 26 210 200 - 60-724 STUDS-24295 60-931 STUD-24295-A4 4
Note: For perforated brickwork and hollow block work a mesh sleeve must be inserted into the hole prior to the resin being pumped.
The specification of longer studs will allow For embedment above 500 mm and BASE MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE WORKING TIME CURING TIME
greater fixture thicknesses than shown diameters above M20 please consult the (C)
for the standard studs quoted. Minimum Rawlplug Technical Advisory Service. 30 3 mins 25 mins
embedment should be observed. 20 7 mins 50 mins
10 22 mins 1 hour 30 mins
5 30 mins 3 hours 20 mins
and pump into attach fixture.
hole.
Installation Hollow Substrates & Substrates with Voids

1. Drill hole 2. Insert 3. Insert foil into CFS 4. Insert stud or
to correct sleeve gun and attach socket with a
diameter into nozzle. twisting action.
and depth hole. Dispense to waste Leave the anchor
for mesh until an even undisturbed until
sleeve being colour. the resin has
used. Then insert nozzle cured and then
and pump to fill attach fixture.
sleeve.

CFS RM50 POLYESTER STYRENE FREE RESIN
Specication Data
Performance Data at Standard Embedment Depth
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) (Unfactored)
CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC TENSION OR SHEAR (Frec)
DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD SIZE
RESISTANCE DISTANCE SPACING BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK
SIZE (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN)
(kN) (mm) (mm) 20.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 2.8N/mm2
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR M8 1.4 0.6 0.5 0.4
M10 2.9 1.3 0.9 0.7
M8 11.5 9.9 5.1 7.9 3.6 5.7 80 100 100 M12 4.0 2.0 1.1 0.9
M10 20.0 15.7 8.3 12.6 5.9 9.0 90 130 130 M16 5.0 3.0
M12 28.7 22.9 11.5 18.3 8.2 13.1 110 150 150 M20
SIZES ABOVE M12
SIZES ABOVE M16 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED
M16 45.7 42.5 16.6 34.0 11.9 24.3 130 170 170 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED
M24
M20 62.0 66.8 20.9 53.4 15.0 38.2 150 190 210
M20 DEEP 69.7 66.8 23.2 53.4 16.6 38.2 180 190 230 When calculating loads in brickwork and blockwork, apply the
M24 79.3 95.7 26.4 76.6 18.9 54.7 190 240 240 published edge distance and spacing for concrete and assume these
gures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must
M24 DEEP 87.9 95.7 29.3 76.6 20.9 54.7 220 240 270 NOT be applied.
For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11.

EDGE SPACING
(mm) M20 M24 (mm) M20 M24
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
DEEP DEEP DEEP DEEP
50 0.77 0.50 50 0.80
60 0.85 0.80 0.60 0.50 60 0.84 0.80
70 0.92 0.87 0.78 0.70 0.58 0.50 70 0.88 0.83 0.80
80 1.00 0.93 0.84 0.80 0.66 0.57 80 0.92 0.87 0.83
90 1.00 0.89 0.82 0.90 0.75 0.64 0.56 90 0.96 0.90 0.86 0.81
100 0.95 0.86 0.80 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.62 0.56 100 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.84 0.80
110 1.00 0.91 0.84 0.77 0.77 0.92 0.78 0.69 0.61 0.50 110 0.97 0.91 0.86 0.82 0.80 0.79
130 1.00 0.92 0.83 0.83 0.76 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.72 0.59 130 1.00 0.97 0.91 0.86 0.84 0.83 0.80
150 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.81 1.00 0.94 0.83 0.68 150 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.87 0.86 0.83
170 0.97 0.96 0.86 1.00 0.94 0.77 170 1.00 0.94 0.90 0.89 0.86
180 1.00 0.98 0.89 0.98 0.81 210 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.92
190 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.86 230 1.00 0.98 0.95
220 1.00 0.97 240 1.00 0.97
240 1.00 270 1.00
Performance Data for Reinforcement Bars

EMBEDMENT
REBAR
If you are bonding rebar DESIGN RESISTANCE (F d) DEPTH TO
DIA. HOLE DIA.
(kN) FAIL REBAR
into reinforced concrete, (mm)
(mm)
where the size, position 8 10 10.7 13.3 16.0 18.7
21.3 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 164
etc. of the reinforcing 10 12 14.9 17.9 20.9
23.8 26.8 29.8 32.8 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 230
is known, then design 12 15 19.6 22.9
26.1 29.4 32.6 35.9 39.2 42.4 45.7 49.0 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 301
14 18 MINIMUM 24.7
28.2 31.7 35.3 38.8 42.3 45.8 49.4 52.9 56.4 59.9 63.5 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 379
principles contained REBAR DEPTH
16 20 30.2 33.9 37.7 41.5 45.2 49.0 52.8 56.5 60.3 64.1 67.9 71.6 75.4 79.2 82.9 86.7 87.4 87.4 464
within Eurocode 2 can DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
be adopted instead of
20 25 42.1 47.4 52.7 61.8 67.4 78.7 84.3 94.8 105 116 126 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 648
the design 25 32 56.9 62.6 68.3 79.7 91.1 103 114 125 137 159 182 205 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 937
recommendations 32 40 MINIMUM 74.6 87.1 99.5 112 124 137 149 174 199 224 249 274 299 323 350 350 350 350 1406
contained within 40 50 REBAR DEPTH 107 121 134 148 161 188 215 241 268 295 322 349 402 456 510 546 2037
this manual. DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100
EMBEDMENT
REBAR
Concrete Strength Class: DIA. HOLE DIA.
RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec) DEPTH TO
C20/25 (kN) FAIL REBAR
(mm)
(mm)
(25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; 8 10 7.1 8.9 10.7 12.5
14.2 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 164
30N/mm2 150mm Cube). 10 12 9.9 11.9 13.9
15.9 17.9 19.9 21.9 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 230
Reinforcement Bar: 12 15 13.1 15.3
17.4 19.6 21.7 23.9 26.1 28.3 30.5 32.7 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 301
Minimum Yield Strength 14 18 MINIMUM 16.5
18.8 21.1 23.5 25.9 28.2 30.5 32.9 35.3 37.6 39.9 42.3 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 379
16 20 REBAR DEPTH 20.1 22.6 25.1 27.7 30.1 32.7 35.2 37.7 40.2 42.7 45.3 47.7 50.3 52.8 55.3 57.8 58.3 58.3 464
fyk 460N/mm2.
DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
Note: Performance based 20 25 28.1 31.6 35.1 41.2 44.9 52.5 56.2 63.2 70.3 77.3 84.3 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 648
on clean holes; blown and 25 32 37.9 41.7 45.5 53.1 60.7 68.3 75.9 84 91 106 121 137 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 937
then brushed with 32 40 MINIMUM 49.7 58.1 66.3 74.7 83 91 100 116 133 149 166 182 199 216 233 233 233 233 1406
a stiff nylon brush. 40 50 REBAR DEPTH 71.5 80.5 89 98 107 125 143 161 179 197 215 232 268 304 340 364 2037
DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100

CFS RP30 POLYESTER RESIN
Product Information
RP30 is general purpose Concrete
resin, for solid and hollow Brickwork
structures having a relatively Blockwork
short cure time. Stone
e Masonry support CFS GUN
e Fixing into tarmac
RP30 Polyester Resin 300 ml
DESCRIPTION QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE
4 FOILS & 4 NOZZLES 4 Pack CFS-RP30-4 300 ml CFS-GUN

12 FOILS & 12 NOZZLES 12 Pack CFS-RP30-12
24 FOILS 24 Pack CFS-RP30-24 CFS NOZZLE
4 Pack CFS-NOZ-4
24 Pack CFS-NOZ-24
Stud Data
RECOMMENDED STUD PRODUCT CODES
HOLE STANDARD APPROX.
STUD STUD MAXIMUM HOLE TORQUE
WASHER DIAMETER EMBEDMENT No.
THREAD OVERALL FIXTURE DIAMETER (Nm) ZINC PLATED STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 A4
DIAMETER IN IN OF HOLES
SIZE LENGTH THICKNESS IN FIXTURE (Tinst)
(mm) CONCRETE CONCRETE PER
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(D w) (mm) (mm) PRODUCT PRODUCT 300ML
(d) (l) (Tx) (df) CONCRETE BRICKWORK NEW CODE NEW CODE
(do) (ho) CODE CODE CARTRIDGE
M8 110 17 17 10 9 80 3 2 60-708 STUDS-08110 60-906 STUDS-08110-A4 66

M10 130 21 28 12 11 90 9 6 60-710 STUDS-10130 60-911 STUDS-10130-A4 48
M12 160 24 36 14 13 110 17 11 60-712 STUDS-12160 60-916 STUDS-12160-A4 33
M16 190 30 42 18 17 125 36 24 60-716 STUDS-16190 60-921 STUDS-16190-A4 22
M20 260 37 90 24 22 145 53 60-720 STUDS-20260 60-926 STUDS-20260-A4 6
M24 295 44 85 28 26 180 60 60-724 STUDS-24295 60-931 STUDS-24295-A4 5
Studs over 16mm diameter are not recommended in brickwork.
BASE MATERIAL
The specification of longer studs will allow For embedment above 500 mm and WORKING CURING
TEMPERATURE
TIME TIME
(C)
greater fixture thicknesses than shown for diameters above M20 please consult the
the standard studs quoted. Minimum Rawlplug Technical Advisory Service. 30 4 mins 30 mins
embedment should be observed. 25 7 mins 1 hour
15 15 mins 2 hours
5 30 mins 3 hours

and pump into attach fixture.
hole.
Installation Hollow Substrates & Substrates with Voids

1. Drill hole 2. Insert 3. Insert foil into CFS 4. Insert stud or
to correct sleeve gun and attach socket with a
diameter into nozzle. twisting action.
and depth hole. Dispense to waste Leave the anchor
for mesh until an even undisturbed until
sleeve being colour. the resin has
used. Then insert nozzle cured and then
and pump to fill attach fixture.
sleeve.

CFS RP30 POLYESTER RESIN
Specication Data
TENSION OR SHEAR (Frec)
RECOMMENDED CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC SIZE
CHARACTERISTIC DESIGN RESISTANCE
LOAD (Unfactored) DISTANCE SPACING BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK
SIZE RESISTANCE (kN) (Factored) (kN)
(NRk) (VRk) (NRd) (VRd) (Nrec) (Vrec) (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) (Scr,N) (Scr,V) M10 2.9 1.3 0.9 0.7
M8 9.5 9.9 4.1 7.9 2.9 5.7 60 80 80 M12 4.0 2.0 1.1 0.9
M10 16.4 15.7 6.5 12.6 4.7 9.0 70 90 90 M16 5.0 3.0
M12 25.7 22.9 9.7 18.3 6.9 13.1 80 110 110 SIZES ABOVE M12
M20 SIZES ABOVE M16 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED
M16 42.5 42.5 14.7 34.0 10.5 24.3 90 130 130 M24 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED
M20 52.0 66.8 17.6 53.4 12.6 38.2 110 150 150 When calculating loads in brickwork and blockwork, apply the
M24 61.9 95.7 20.0 76.6 14.3 54.7 130 170 170 published edge distance and spacing for concrete and assume these
gures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must
For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11. NOT be applied.

(mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
40 0.80 0.50 40 0.80
50 0.90 0.83 0.62 0.56 50 0.85 0.82
60 1.00 0.91 0.85 0.75 0.66 0.54 60 0.90 0.87 0.82
70 1.00 0.92 0.87 0.78 0.64 70 0.95 0.91 0.85
80 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.89 0.72 0.62 80 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.85
90 1.00 0.89 0.85 1.00 0.82 0.69 0.60 90 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.84
100 0.95 0.89 0.91 0.77 0.66 0.60 100 0.96 0.91 0.87 0.84
110 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.84 0.73 0.66 110 1.00 0.94 0.89 0.87
130 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.73 130 1.00 0.95 0.89
150 1.00 0.86 150 1.00 0.95
170 1.00 170 1.00
EMBEDMENT
If you are bonding rebar into REBAR
HOLE DESIGN RESISTANCE (F d) DEPTH TO
DIA.
reinforced concrete, where (mm)
DIA. (kN) FAIL REBAR
(mm)
the size, position etc. of the
8 10 10.0 12.4 14.9 17.4 19.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 176
reinforcing is known, then 10 12 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 246
design principles contained 12 15 18.3 21.3 24.4 27.4 30.5 33.5 36.6 39.6 42.7 45.7 48.8 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 323
within Eurocode 2 can be 14 18 MINIMUM 23.0 26.3 29.6 32.9 36.2 39.5 42.8 46.1 49.4 52.7 56.0 59.2 62.5 65.8 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 407
16 20 REBAR DEPTH 28.1 31.7 35.2 38.7 42.2 45.7 49.3 52.8 56.3 59.8 63.3 66.9 70.4 73.9 77.4 80.9 84.4 87.4 497
adopted instead of the design DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
recommendations contained 20 25 39.3 44.3 49.2 54.1 59.0 68.8 78.7 88.5 98.3 108 118 128 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 694
within this manual. 25 32 53.0 58.3 63.6 74.2 84.8 95.4 106 117 127 138 148 170 191 212 214 214 214 214 214 214 1007
32 40 MINIMUM 69.3 80.9 92.4 104 116 127 139 150 162 185 208 321 277 323 350 350 350 350 1514
40 50 REBAR DEPTH 99.3 112 124 137 149 161 174 199 224 248 298 348 397 447 497 546 2200
DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200
EMBEDMENT
REBAR
HOLE RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec) DEPTH TO
Concrete Strength Class: DIA.
(mm)
C20/25 (mm)
(25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; 8 10 6.7 8.3 9.9 11.6
13.3 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 176
30N/mm2 150mm Cube). 10 12 9.3 11.1 13.0
14.9 16.7 18.5 20.4 22.3 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 246
12 15 12.2 14.2
16.3 18.3 20.3 22.3 24.4 26.4 28.5 30.5 32.5 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 323
Reinforcement Bar: 14 18 MINIMUM 15.3
17.5 19.7 21.9 24.1 26.3 28.5 30.7 32.9 35.1 37.3 39.5 41.7 43.9 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 407
Minimum Yield Strength 16 20 REBAR DEPTH 18.7 21.1 23.5 25.8 28.1 30.5 32.9 35.2 37.5 39.9 42.2 44.6 46.9 49.3 51.6 53.9 56.3 58.3 497
fyk 460N/mm2. DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
20 25 26.2 29.5 32.8 36.1 39.3 45.9 52.5 59.0 65.5 72.1 78.7 85.3 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 694
Note: Performance based
25 32 35.3 38.9 42.4 49.5 56.5 63.6 70.7 78 85 92 99 113 127 141 142 142 142 142 142 142 1007
on clean holes; blown and 32 40 MINIMUM 46.2 53.9 61.6 69.3 77 85 92 100 108 123 139 154 185 216 233 233 233 233 1514
then brushed with 40 50 REBAR DEPTH 66.2 74.5 83 91 99 108 116 132 149 166 199 232 265 298 331 364 2200
a stiff nylon brush. DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200

R-KEX RAWL CARTRIDGE
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information
60-170 DESCRIPTION FEATURES

R-KEX-400 R-KEX is a high performance two component 1. Solvent free.
(400ml) epoxy resin system. The epoxy resin is odourless 2. Suitable for variable embedment.
and solvent free, and is ideal for anchoring 3. Can be used in damp conditions.
threaded rod and internally threaded sockets. 4. High performance especially rebar/starter
bar applications.
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 5. Product has low shrinkage.
Concrete.
NB. NOT SUITABLE FOR OVERHEAD

TYPICAL APPLICA-
APPLICATIONS
TIONS
e Safety barriers
e Temporary works/
Formwork support
systems.
Curing Times
BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (C) WORKING TIME CURING TIME
25 12 mins 5 hours
20 25 mins 9 hours
15 75 mins 20 hours
5 120 mins 35 hours
Cartridge & Stud Data
STUD MAXIMUM HOLE HOLE STANDARD STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 303 A2

STUD OVERALL WASHER FIXTURE DIAMETER IN DIAMETER IN EMBEDMENT RECOMMENDED APPROX No.
THREAD STAINLESS STEEL GRADE
LENGTH DIAMETER THICKNESS CONCRETE TORQUE ZINC PLATED OF HOLES
SIZE FIXTURE IN CONCRETE 316 A4
(mm) (mm) (mm) (Nm) PER 400ML
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) PRODUCT PRODUCT
(l) (D w) (Tx) (Tinst) NEW CODE NEW CODE CARTRIDGE
(d) (do) (df) (ho) CODE CODE
M8 110 17 17 10 9 80 11 60-708 STUDS-08110 60-906 STUDS-08110-A4 88
M10 130 21 28 12 11 90 22 60-710 STUDS-10130 60-911 STUDS-10130-A4 64
M12 160 24 36 14 13 110 38 60-712 STUDS-12160 60-916 STUDS-12160-A4 44
M16 190 30 42 18 17 125 95 60-716 STUDS-16190 60-921 STUDS-16190-A4 29
M20 260 37 65 24 22 170 150 60-720 STUDS-20260 60-926 STUDS-20260-A4 8
M24 295 44 55 28 26 210 200 60-724 STUDS-24295 60-931 STUDS-24295-A4 5
M30 380 56 65 35 33 280 320 STUDS-30380 2
The specification of longer studs will allow Suitable for greater than standard embedment We recommend that for embedment above
greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the for enhanced performance. 500mm and 20mm in diameter, a power
standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment operated resin gun should be used. Please
should be observed. contact the Rawl Technical Advisory Service for
further advice.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Solid substrates
1. Drill hole to correct 2. Clean the hole using brush 3. Insert cartridge into 4. Insert stud or socket with
diameter and depth for stud and air three times. cartridge gun and attach a twisting action. Leave the
size being used. nozzle. Dispense to waste anchor undisturbed until
until an even colour and the resin has cured and
then pump into hole. then attach fixture.

R-KEX RAWL CARTRIDGE
FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE

CHARACTERISTIC SPACING
(kN) (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) (mm)
SIZE
TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) TENSION (NRd) SHEAR (VRd) TENSION (Nrec) SHEAR (Vrec)
TENSION SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR
5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) (Scr,N) (Scr,V)
Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade
M8 15.3 21.5 9.9 15.4 8.1 11.9 7.9 12.3 5.8 8.5 5.7 8.8 100 130 130
M10 22.7 33.8 15.7 24.1 10.8 17.8 12.6 19.3 7.7 12.8 9.0 13.8 130 150 150
M12 34.5 52.9 22.9 35.2 15.7 26.1 18.3 28.2 11.2 18.7 13.1 20.1 150 170 170
M16 63.1 73.4 42.5 65.1 26.3 36.3 34.0 52.1 18.8 26.0 24.3 37.2 170 190 190
M20 100.5 110.2 66.8 106.4 41.9 52.5 53.4 85.1 29.9 37.5 38.2 60.8 220 220 220
M24 128.1 136.1 95.7 152.5 51.2 63.7 76.6 122.0 36.6 45.5 54.7 87.1 260 260 260
M30 178.4 194.0 155.7 248.6 71.4 88.2 124.6 198.8 51.0 63.0 89.0 142.0 340 340 340
above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this fac-
or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where tor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the
these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances
from the tables (next page) must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

60 0.76 0.50 60 0.80
70 0.82 0.75 0.58 0.50 70 0.83 0.80
80 0.88 0.80 0.74 0.66 0.57 0.50 80 0.87 0.83 0.80
90 0.94 0.85 0.78 0.75 0.64 0.56 90 0.90 0.86 0.83
100 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.77 0.83 0.71 0.62 0.52 100 0.93 0.89 0.85 0.81
110 0.95 0.87 0.81 0.92 0.78 0.69 0.58 0.50 110 0.97 0.91 0.87 0.83 0.80
130 1.00 0.96 0.89 0.77 1.00 0.93 0.81 0.68 0.59 0.50 130 1.00 0.97 0.92 0.87 0.84 0.80
150 1.00 0.96 0.83 0.76 1.00 0.94 0.79 0.68 0.57 150 1.00 0.97 0.92 0.87 0.83
170 1.00 0.88 0.81 1.00 0.89 0.77 0.65 0.50 170 1.00 0.96 0.91 0.86 0.80
190 0.94 0.86 0.75 1.00 0.86 0.73 0.56 190 1.00 0.95 0.89 0.82
220 1.00 0.93 0.80 1.00 0.85 0.65 220 1.00 0.94 0.85
260 1.00 0.86 1.00 0.76 260 1.00 0.90
300 0.92 0.88 300 0.95
340 1.00 1.00 340 1.00

EMBEDMENT
REBAR
If you are bonding rebar DIA.
DIA. (kN) FAIL RE-BAR
into reinforced concrete, (mm) (mm)
21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 137
28.6 32.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 191
31.3 35.3 39.2 43.1 47.0 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 251
principles contained 14 18 MINIMUM 29.6
33.9 38.1 42.3 46.5 50.8 55.0 59.2 63.5 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 316
within Eurocode 2 can 16 20 REBAR DEPTH 36.2 40.7 45.2 49.8 54.3 58.8 63.3 67.9 72.4 76.9 81.4 86.0 87.4 87.4 87.4 87.4 87.4 87.4 386
be adopted instead of DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
the design 20 25 50.6 56.9 63.2 69.5 75.9 88.5 101 114 126 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 540
recommendations 25 32 68.7 75.6 82.5 96.2 110 124 137 151 165 192 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 777
contained within 32 40 MINIMUM 90.6 106 121 136 151 166 181 212 242 272 302 332 350 350 350 350 350 350 1158
40 50 REBAR DEPTH 131 148 164 180 197 230 262 295 328 361 393 426 459 492 525 546 1667
this manual.
DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700
Concrete Strength Class: EMBEDMENT

REBAR DEPTH TO
HOLE RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec)
C20/25 DIA
DIA. (kN) FAIL RE-BAR
(mm)
(25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; (mm))
30N/mm2 150mm Cube). 8 10 8.5 10.7 12.8 14.6
14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 137
10 12 11.9 14.3 16.7
19.1 21.5 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 191
20.9 23.5 26.1 28.7 31.3 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 251
22.6 25.4 28.2 31.0 33.9 36.7 39.5 42.3 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 316
16 20 REBAR DEPTH 24.1 27.1 30.1 33.2 36.2 39.2 42.2 45.3 48.3 51.3 54.3 57.3 58.3 58.3 58.3 58.3 58.3 58.3 386
fyk 460N/mm2.
DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700

R-KEA RAWL CARTRIDGE
FOR CONCRETE
Product Information

R-KEA-380 R-KEA is specially formulated Epoxy Acrylate/ 1. Easy to extrude.
(380ml) Vinyl Ester resin, which offers protection in 2. Short working and curing times.
damp and corrosive applications, 3. Ideal for close edge and spacing
as well as giving high loads in concrete. applications.

Concrete.
NB. NOT SUITABLE FOR OVERHEAD e Starter Bars
APPLICATIONS e Barriers in marine environ-
ments
e Safety barriers
e Signage
Curing Times
30 3 mins 20 mins
25 5 mins 30 mins
15 10 mins 1 hour
5 20 mins 2 hours
STUD MAXIMUM STUD PRODUCT CODES

STUD OVERALL WASHER HOLE HOLE STANDARD APPROX
FIXTURE RECOMMENDED
THREAD LENGTH DIAMETER DIAMETER DIAMETER EMBEDMENT STAINLESS STEEL GRADE No.
THICKNESS TORQUE ZINC PLATED
SIZE (mm) (mm) IN CONCRETE IN FIXTURE IN CONCRETE 316 A4 OF HOLES
(mm) (Nm)
(mm) (l) (Dw) (mm) (mm) (mm) PER 380ML
(Tx) (Tinst) PRODUCT PRODUCT
(d) (do) (df) (ho) NEW CODE NEW CODE CARTRIDGE
CODE CODE
M8 110 17 17 10 9 80 11 60-708 STUDS-08110 60-906 STUDS-08110-A4 84
M10 130 21 28 12 11 90 22 60-710 STUDS-10130 60-911 STUDS-10130-A4 61
M12 160 24 36 14 13 110 38 60-712 STUDS-12160 60-916 STUDS-12160-A4 42
M16 190 30 42 18 17 125 95 60-716 STUDS-16190 60-921 STUDS-16190-A4 28
M20 260 37 90 24 22 145 150 60-720 STUDS-20260 60-926 STUDS-20260-A4 7
M24 295 44 85 28 26 180 200 60-724 STUDS-24295 60-931 STUDS-24295-A4 6
The specification of longer studs will allow Suitable for greater than standard embedment We recommend that for embedment above
greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the for enhanced performance. 500mm and 20mm in diameter, a power
standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment operated resin gun should be used. Please
further advice.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Solid substrates
1. Drill hole to correct diameter 2. Clean the hole using brush 3. Insert cartridge into 4. Insert stud or socket with
and depth for stud size and air three times. cartridge gun and attach a twisting action. Leave the
being used. nozzle. Dispense to waste anchor undisturbed until
until an even colour and then the resin has cured and
pump into hole. then attach fixture.

R-KEA RAWL CARTRIDGE
FOR CONCRETE
Specication Data
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE CHARACTERISTIC SPACING
DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored)(kN)
(NRk) (VRk) (NRd) (VRd) (Nrec) (VRec) (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) (Scr,N) (Scr,V)
M8 14.3 9.9 6.3 7.9 4.5 5.7 80 100 100

M10 22.4 15.7 9.6 12.6 6.9 9.0 90 130 130
M12 30.6 22.9 12.4 18.3 8.9 13.1 110 150 150
M16 48.7 42.5 19.4 34.0 13.9 24.3 130 170 170
M20 67.1 66.8 25.2 53.4 18.0 38.2 150 190 210
M24 81.7 95.7 28.2 76.6 20.1 54.7 190 240 240

50 0.77 0.50 50 0.80
60 0.85 0.80 0.60 0.50 60 0.84 0.80
70 0.92 0.87 0.78 0.70 0.58 0.50 70 0.88 0.83 0.80
80 1.00 0.93 0.84 0.80 0.66 0.57 80 0.92 0.87 0.83
90 1.00 0.89 0.82 0.90 0.75 0.64 0.56 90 0.96 0.90 0.86 0.81
100 0.95 0.86 0.80 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.62 0.56 100 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.84 0.80
110 1.00 0.91 0.84 0.77 0.92 0.78 0.69 0.61 0.50 110 0.97 0.91 0.86 0.82 0.79
130 1.00 0.92 0.83 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.72 0.59 130 1.00 0.97 0.91 0.86 0.82
150 1.00 0.90 1.00 0.94 0.83 0.68 150 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.85
170 0.97 1.00 0.94 0.77 170 1.00 0.94 0.88
190 1.00 1.00 0.86 190 0.98 0.92
210 0.95 210 1.00 0.95
240 1.00 240 1.00

EMBEDMENT
If you are bonding rebar REBAR
DIA.
into reinforced concrete, (mm)
(mm)
where the size, position
8 10 11.4 14.2 17.1 19.9
21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 154
25.4 28.6 31.8 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 215
27.9 31.3 34.8 38.3 41.8 45.3 48.8 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 283
30.1 33.9 37.6 41.4 45.1 48.9 52.7 56.4 60.2 63.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 356
within Eurocode 2 can 16 20 REBAR DEPTH 32.2 36.2 40.2 44.2 48.3 52.3 56.3 60.3 64.3 68.4 72.4 76.4 80.4 84.4 87.4 87.4 87.4 87.4 435
be adopted instead of DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
the design 20 25 45.0 50.6 56.2 61.8 67.4 78.7 89.9 101 112 124 135 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 608
recommendations 25 32 60.9 67.0 73.0 85.2 97.4 110 122 134 146 170 195 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 877
contained within 32 40 MINIMUM 80.0 93.3 107 120 133 147 160 187 213 240 267 293 320 347 350 350 350 350 1312
this manual. 40 50 REBAR DEPTH 115 130 144 159 173 202 231 259 288 317 346 375 403 461 519 546 1897
DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1600 1800 2000
EMBEDMENT
REBAR DEPTH TO
Concrete Strength Class: HOLE RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec)
DIA. FAIL REBAR
DIA. (kN)
C20/25 (mm) (mm)
(25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; 8 10 7.6 9.5 11.4 13.3
14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 154
30N/mm2 150mm Cube). 10 12 10.6 12.7 14.9
16.9 19.1 21.2 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 215
12 15 13.9 16.3
18.6 20.9 23.2 25.5 27.9 30.2 32.5 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 283
20.1 22.6 25.1 27.6 30.1 32.6 35.1 37.6 40.1 42.6 4.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 356
Minimum Yield Strength 16 20 REBAR DEPTH 21.5 24.1 26.8 29.5 32.2 34.9 37.5 40.2 42.9 45.6 48.3 50.9 53.6 56.3 58.3 58.3 58.3 58.3 435
fyk 460N/mm2. DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
20 25 30.0 33.7 37.5 41.2 44.9 52.5 59.9 67.5 74.9 82.4 89.9 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 608
Note: Performance based
25 32 40.6 44.7 48.7 56.8 64.9 73.1 81.1 89 97 114 130 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 877
on clean holes; blown and 32 40 53.3 62.2 71.1 80.0 89 98 107 124 142 160 178 195 213 231 233 233 233 233 1312
MINIMUM

R-KEM+ RAWL CARTRIDGE
Product Information
R-KEM-300 R-KEM+ is a high performance, styrene free system 1. Suitable for solid and hollow substrates.
(300ml) that is suitable for use in concrete, and other solid 2. Suitable for overhead applications (with care).
or hollow masonry structures. This makes it ideal for 3. R-KEM+ fits a standard mastic gun.
applications where conventional expansion anchors 4. Styrene free.
present problems. 5. Suitable for use in confined spaces

Concrete TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Brickwork e Curtain walling
Blockwork e Balustrading
Stone e Handrails
e Canopies
e Rebar
Curing Times
30 3 mins 25 mins
20 7 mins 50 mins
10 22 mins 1 hour 30 mins
5 30 mins 3 hours 20 mins

HOLE HOLE STANDARD RECOMMENDED STUD PRODUCT CODES
STUD MAXIMUM TORQUE APPROX No.
STUD THREAD WASHER DIAMETER DIAMETER EMBEDMENT
OVERALL FIXTURE (Nm) ZINC STAINLESS STEEL GRADE OF HOLES
SIZE DIAMETER IN IN IN
LENGTH THICKNESS (Tinst) PLATED 316 A4 PER 300ML
(mm) (mm) CONCRETE FIXTURE CONCRETE
(mm) (mm) CARTRIDGE
(d) (D w) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(l) (Tx) PRODUCT PRODUCT
(do) (df) (ho) CONCRETE BRICKWORK NEW CODE NEW CODE
CODE CODE
M8 110 17 17 10 9 80 11 2 60-708 STUDS-08110 60-906 STUDS-08110-A4 66
M10 130 21 28 12 11 90 22 6 60-710 STUDS-10130 60-911 STUDS-10130-A4 48
M12 160 24 36 14 13 110 38 11 60-712 STUDS-12160 60-916 STUDS-12160-A4 33
M16 190 30 42 18 17 125 95 24 60-716 STUDS-16190 60-921 STUDS-16190-A4 22
M20 260 37 90 24 22 145 150 - 60-720 STUDS-20260 60-926 STUDS-20260-A4 6
M24 295 44 85 28 26 180 200 - 60-724 STUDS-24295 60-931 STUDS-24295-A4 5
The specification of longer studs will allow Note: For perforated brickwork and hollow We recommend that for embedment above
greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the block work a mesh sleeve must be inserted 500mm and 20mm in diameter a power
standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment into the hole prior to the resin being pumped. operated resin gun should be used. Please
further advice.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Solid substrates
size being used. nozzle. Dispense to waste anchor undisturbed until
until an even colour and then the resin has cured and
pump into hole. then attach fixture.
INSTALLATION
Hollow substrates
& substrates with voids
1. Drill hole to correct 2. Insert sleeve into hole. 3. Insert cartridge into 4. Insert stud or socket with
diameter and depth for cartridge gun and attach a twisting action. Leave the
mesh sleeve size being used. nozzle. Dispense to waste until anchor undisturbed until
even colour. Then insert nozzle the resin has set and then
and pump to fill sleeve. attach fixture.

R-KEM+ RAWL CARTRIDGE
Specication Data
CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC TENSION OR SHEAR (Frec)
DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD SIZE
RESISTANCE DISTANCE SPACING BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK
SIZE (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN)
M8 11.5 9.9 5.1 7.9 3.6 5.7 80 100 100 M12 4.0 2.0 1.1 0.9
M10 20.0 15.7 8.3 12.6 5.9 9.0 90 130 130 M16 5.0 3.0
SIZES ABOVE M12
M12 28.7 22.9 11.5 18.3 8.2 13.1 110 150 150 M20 SIZES ABOVE M16 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED
M20 62.0 66.8 20.9 53.4 15.0 38.2 150 190 210 When calculating loads in brickwork, apply the published edge
M20 DEEP 69.7 66.8 23.2 53.4 16.6 38.2 180 190 230 distance and spacing for concrete and assume these gures to
M24 79.3 95.7 26.4 76.6 18.9 54.7 190 240 240 be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must
M24 DEEP 87.9 95.7 29.3 76.6 20.9 54.7 220 240 270
NOT be applied.
For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11.

EDGE SPACING
(mm) M20 M24 (mm) M20 M24
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
DEEP DEEP DEEP DEEP
50 0.77 0.50 50 0.80
60 0.85 0.80 0.60 0.50 60 0.84 0.80
70 0.92 0.87 0.78 0.70 0.58 0.50 70 0.88 0.83 0.80
80 1.00 0.93 0.84 0.80 0.66 0.57 80 0.92 0.87 0.83
90 1.00 0.89 0.82 0.90 0.75 0.64 0.56 90 0.96 0.90 0.86 0.81
100 0.95 0.86 0.80 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.62 0.56 100 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.84 0.80
110 1.00 0.91 0.84 0.77 0.77 0.92 0.78 0.69 0.61 0.50 110 0.97 0.91 0.86 0.82 0.80 0.79
130 1.00 0.92 0.83 0.83 0.76 1.00 0.92 0.81 0.72 0.59 130 1.00 0.97 0.91 0.86 0.84 0.83 0.80
150 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.81 1.00 0.94 0.83 0.68 150 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.87 0.86 0.83
170 0.97 0.96 0.86 1.00 0.94 0.77 170 1.00 0.94 0.90 0.89 0.86
180 1.00 0.98 0.89 0.98 0.81 210 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.92
190 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.86 230 1.00 0.98 0.95
220 1.00 0.97 240 1.00 0.97
240 1.00 270 1.00

EMBEDMENT
If you are bonding rebar REBAR
DESIGN RESISTANCE (F d) DEPTH TO
DIA. HOLE DIA.
into reinforced concrete, (kN) FAIL REBAR
(mm)
(mm)
21.3 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 164
23.8 26.8 29.8 32.8 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 230
26.1 29.4 32.6 35.9 39.2 42.4 45.7 49.0 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 301
28.2 31.7 35.3 38.8 42.3 45.8 49.4 52.9 56.4 59.9 63.5 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 379
16 20 REBAR DEPTH 30.2 33.9 37.7 41.5 45.2 49.0 52.8 56.5 60.3 64.1 67.9 71.6 75.4 79.2 82.9 86.7 87.4 87.4 464
within Eurocode 2 can
DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
be adopted instead of
the design 20 25 42.1 47.4 52.7 61.8 67.4 78.7 84.3 94.8 105 116 126 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 648
25 32 56.9 62.6 68.3 79.7 91.1 103 114 125 137 159 182 205 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 214 937
recommendations 32 40 74.6 87.1 99.5 112 124 137 149 174 199 224 249 274 299 323 350 350 350 350 1406
MINIMUM
contained within 40 50 REBAR DEPTH 107 121 134 148 161 188 215 241 268 295 322 349 402 456 510 546 2037
this manual. DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100
EMBEDMENT
Concrete Strength Class: REBAR
RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec) DEPTH TO
DIA. HOLE DIA.
C20/25 (mm)
(kN) FAIL REBAR
(25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; (mm)
30N/mm2 150mm Cube). 8 10 7.1 8.9 10.7 12.5
14.2 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 164
10 12 9.9 11.9 13.9
15.9 17.9 19.9 21.9 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 230
17.4 19.6 21.7 23.9 26.1 28.3 30.5 32.7 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 301
18.8 21.1 23.5 25.9 28.2 30.5 32.9 35.3 37.6 39.9 42.3 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 379
fyk 460N/mm2. 16 20 REBAR DEPTH 20.1 22.6 25.1 27.7 30.1 32.7 35.2 37.7 40.2 42.7 45.3 47.7 50.3 52.8 55.3 57.8 58.3 58.3 464
DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100

R-KF2/KSF RAWL CARTRIDGE
Product Information
R-KF2-380 e Masonry support
R-KF2 and R-KSF are 1. Suitable for Solid and Hollow
(380ml) e Fixing into tarmac
general purpose resins, for solid substrates.
and hollow structures with both 2. 150ml R-KSF is ideal for small
products having a relatively short applications.
cure time. 3. R-KSF fits a standard
mastic gun.
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 4. R-KSF Odourless and
Concrete Styrene free.
60-150 Brickwork
R-KSF-150 Blockwork
(150ml) Stone
Overhead Applications
R-KF2 R-KSF
BASE MATERIAL BASE MATERIAL
WORKING CURING WORKING
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE CURING TIME
TIME TIME TIME
(C) (C)
30 4 mins 30 mins 30 4 mins 30 mins
25 7 mins 1 hour 20 8 mins 50 mins
15 15 mins 2 hours 15 14 mins 2 hours
5 30 mins 3 hours 5 30 mins 4 hours

RECOMMENDED STUD PRODUCT CODES APPROX No
HOLE STANDARD
STUD STUD MAXIMUM HOLE TORQUE OF HOLES
WASHER DIAMETER EMBEDMENT
THREAD OVERALL FIXTURE DIAMETER (Nm) ZINC PLATED STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 A4 PER 380ML
DIAMETER IN IN
SIZE LENGTH THICKNESS IN FIXTURE (Tinst) CARTRIDGE
(mm) CONCRETE CONCRETE
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(D w) (mm) (mm) PRODUCT PRODUCT
(d) (l) (Tx) (df) CONCRETE BRICKWORK NEW CODE NEW CODE 380ml 150ml
(do) (ho) CODE CODE
M8 110 17 17 10 9 80 3 2 60-708 STUDS-08110 60-906 STUDS-08110-A4 84 33

M10 130 21 28 12 11 90 9 6 60-710 STUDS-10130 60-911 STUDS-10130-A4 61 24
M12 160 24 36 14 13 110 17 11 60-712 STUDS-12160 60-916 STUDS-12160-A4 42 16
M16 190 30 42 18 17 125 36 24 60-716 STUDS-16190 60-921 STUDS-16190-A4 28 11
M20 260 37 90 24 22 145 53 - 60-720 STUDS-20260 60-926 STUDS-20260-A4 7 3
M24 295 44 85 28 26 180 60 - 60-724 STUDS-24295 60-931 STUDS-24295-A4 6 2
Studs over 16mm diameter are not recommended in brickwork.
The specification of longer studs will allow We recommend that embedment above Please contact the Rawl Technical Advisory
greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the 500mm and 20mm in diameter a power Service for further advice.
standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment operated resin gun should be used.
should be observed.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Solid substrates
size being used. nozzle. Dispense to waste anchor undisturbed until the
until an even colour and then resin has cured and then
pump into hole. attach fixture.
INSTALLATION
Hollow substrates &
substrates with voids
1. Drill hole to correct 2. Insert sleeve into hole. 3. Insert cartridge into 4. Insert stud or socket with
diameter and depth for cartridge gun and attach a twisting action. Leave the
mesh sleeve size being used. nozzle. Dispense to waste until anchor undisturbed until
even colour. Then insert nozzle the resin has set and then
and pump to fill sleeve. attach fixture.

R-KF2/KSF RAWL CARTRIDGE
Specication Data
TENSION OR SHEAR (Frec)
RECOMMENDED CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC SIZE
CHARACTERISTIC DESIGN RESISTANCE
LOAD (Unfactored) DISTANCE SPACING BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK
SIZE RESISTANCE (kN) (Factored) (kN)
M8 9.5 9.9 4.1 7.9 2.9 5.7 60 80 80 M12 4.0 2.0 1.1 0.9
M10 16.4 15.7 6.5 12.6 4.7 9.0 70 90 90 M16 5.0 3.0
M12 25.7 22.9 9.7 18.3 6.9 13.1 80 110 110 SIZES ABOVE M12
M20 SIZES ABOVE M16 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED
M20 52.0 66.8 17.6 53.4 12.6 38.2 110 150 150 When calculating loads in brickwork, apply the published edge
M24 61.9 95.7 20.0 76.6 14.3 54.7 130 170 170 distance and spacing for concrete and assume these gures to
For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11. be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must
NOT be applied.

40 0.80 0.50 40 0.80
50 0.90 0.83 0.62 0.56 50 0.85 0.82
60 1.0 0.91 0.85 0.75 0.66 0.54 60 0.90 0.87 0.82
70 1.0 0.92 0.87 0.78 0.64 70 0.95 0.91 0.85
80 1.0 0.93 1.0 0.89 0.72 0.62 80 1.0 0.95 0.89 0.85
90 1.0 0.89 0.85 1.0 0.82 0.69 0.60 90 1.0 0.93 0.88 0.84
100 0.95 0.89 0.91 0.77 0.66 0.60 100 0.96 0.91 0.87 0.84
110 1.0 0.95 1.0 0.84 0.73 0.66 110 1.0 0.94 0.89 0.87
130 1.0 1.0 0.86 0.73 130 1.0 0.95 0.89
150 1.0 0.86 150 1.0 0.95
170 1.0 170 1.0

EMBEDMENT
If you are bonding rebar into REBAR
DIA.
reinforced concrete, where DIA. (kN) FAIL REBAR
(mm)
(mm)
the size, position etc. of the 8 10 10.0 12.4 14.9 17.4 19.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 21.9 176
reinforcing is known, then 10 12 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 27.8 30.6 33.4 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 34.2 246
12 15 18.3 21.3 24.4 27.4 30.5 33.5 36.6 39.6 42.7 45.7 48.8 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 49.2 323
design principles contained
14 18 MINIMUM 23.0 26.3 29.6 32.9 36.2 39.5 42.8 46.1 49.4 52.7 56.0 59.2 62.5 65.8 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 66.9 407
within Eurocode 2 can be 16 20 REBAR DEPTH 28.1 31.7 35.2 38.7 42.2 45.7 49.3 52.8 56.3 59.8 63.3 66.9 70.4 73.9 77.4 80.9 84.4 87.4 497
adopted instead of the design DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
recommendations contained 20 25 39.3 44.3 49.2 54.1 59.0 68.8 78.7 88.5 98.3 108 118 128 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 694
within this manual. 25 32 53.0 58.3 63.6 74.2 84.8 95.4 106 117 127 138 148 170 191 212 214 214 214 214 214 214 1007
32 40 MINIMUM 69.3 80.9 92.4 104 116 127 139 150 162 185 208 321 277 323 350 350 350 350 1514
40 50 REBAR DEPTH 99.3 112 124 137 149 161 174 199 224 248 298 348 397 447 497 546 2200
DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200
EMBEDMENT
REBAR
HOLE RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec) DEPTH TO
DIA.
Concrete Strength Class: DIA. (kN) FAIL REBAR
(mm)
(mm)
C20/25
8 10 6.7 8.3 9.9 11.6
13.3 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.6 176
(25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; 10 12 9.3 11.1 13.0
14.9 16.7 18.5 20.4 22.3 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 22.8 246
30N/mm2 150mm Cube). 12 15 12.2 14.2
16.3 18.3 20.3 22.3 24.4 26.4 28.5 30.5 32.5 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 32.8 323
17.5 19.7 21.9 24.1 26.3 28.5 30.7 32.9 35.1 37.3 39.5 41.7 43.9 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 44.6 407
16 20 REBAR DEPTH 18.7 21.1 23.5 25.8 28.1 30.5 32.9 35.2 37.5 39.9 42.2 44.6 46.9 49.3 51.6 53.9 56.3 58.3 497
Minimum Yield Strength
DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500
fyk 460N/mm2.
20 25 26.2 29.5 32.8 36.1 39.3 45.9 52.5 59.0 65.5 72.1 78.7 85.3 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 91.1 694
Note: Performance based 25 32 35.3 38.9 42.4 49.5 56.5 63.6 70.7 78 85 92 99 113 127 141 142 142 142 142 142 142 1007
on clean holes; blown and 32 40 MINIMUM 46.2 53.9 61.6 69.3 77 85 92 100 108 123 139 154 185 216 233 233 233 233 1514

BONDED ANCHOR ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
Product Information
60-687 60-980 Brushes and Blow Pump
HOLE SIZE BRUSHES PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
M8 - 10 mm POLYBAG 1 60-980 BRUSH-M08/10

BLOW PUMP POLYBAG 1 60-687 BLOWPUMP
Dispenser Guns
60-645 60-660 60-160 60-172
Heavy duty cartridge gun

for R-KSF
for R-KEA, R-KF2 for R-KEM+
for R-KEX suitable for 175 ml and 300 ml
suitable for 380 ml cartridge suitable for 175 ml and 300 ml
cartridge
cartridge
DESCRIPTION SUITABLE FOR PACK TYPE QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
400ml CARTRIDGE GUN R-KEX POLYBAG 1 60-645 R-GUN-400ml
380ml CARTRIDGE GUN R-KF2 / R-KEA POLYBAG 1 60-660 R-GUN-380ml
300ml SKELETON GUN R-KSF / R-KEM POLYBAG 1 60-160 R-GUN-300ml
CFS Gun 300ml CARTRIDGE GUN R-KEM+ POLYBAG 1 60-172 R-GUN-300ml-C
300ml CFS GUN CFS BOXED 1 - CFS GUN
Driving Systems R-CAS Studs
BOX DRIVER SOCKET FOR 3 JAW CHUCK MACHINES SDS ADAPTOR

TO FIT SIZE QUANTITY
QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
M8 5 60-709 DRIVER-M8 1 60-780 SDS-ADAPTOR

M20 1 60-731 DRIVER-M20 1
M24 1 60-732 DRIVER-M24 1
M30 1 60-735 DRIVER-M30 1
R-HAC Installation Adaptor for Rebar & Studding Mixer Nozzles
BOX PRODUCT
DESCRIPTION NEW CODE
QUANTITY CODE
MIXER NOZZLE (R-KF2, R-KSF, R-KEA) 10 60-640 NOZ-10
MIXER NOZZLE (R-KF2, R-KSF, R-KEA) 100 60-642 NOZ-100
DESCRIPTION DRILLING MACHINE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE MIXER NOZZLE (R-KEX) 10 60-228 NOZ-RKEX-10
ADAPTOR SDS Plus 60-780 SDS-ADAPTOR MIXER NOZZLE (CFS) 4 - CFS-NOZ-4
SETTING HEAD SDS Plus 60-782 SDS-SETTING MIXER NOZZLE (CFS) 12 - CFS-NOZ-12

BONDED ANCHOR ACCESSORIES
INTERNALLY THREADED SOCKETS
Product Information
Internally Threaded Sockets
SOCKET HOLE HOLE SOCKET PRODUCT CODES
SOCKET HOLE
TYPE AND DIAMETER DIAMETER TIGHTENING TORQUE (Nm) ZINC STAINLESS STEEL GRADE
OVERALL DEPTH IN USE WITH SOCKETS DRIVE SYSTEM
INTERNAL IN IN PLATED 303 A2
LENGTH CONCRETE CAPSULE PER BOX/
THREAD CONCRETE FIXTURE
(mm) (mm) Ref 2 2
30 N/mm 20.5 N/mm 7.0 N/mm 2 PACK RODUCT PRODUCT PRODUCT
LENGTH (mm) (mm) NEW CODE NEW CODE NEW CODE
(l) (ho) CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK CODE CODE CODE
(lg) (do) (df)
M6x24 75 12 75 7 R-CAS-10 5 3 1.5 10 60-620 ITS-Z-06075 60-690 ITS-DRIVE-06
M6x24 75 14 75 7 R-CAS-10 5 3 1.5 10 60-985 ITS-SS-06075 60-690 ITS-DRIVE-06
M8x25 75 14 75 9 11 6 3 10 60-622 ITS-Z-08075 60-987 ITS-SS-08075
M8x25 90 14 90 9 R-CAS-12 11 6 3 10 60-623 ITS-Z-08090 60-988 ITS-SS-08090 60-692 ITS-DRIVE-08
M10x30 75 20 75 11 22 13 6 10 60-624 ITS-Z-10075 60-989 ITS-SS-10075
M10x30 100 20 100 11 R-CAS-16 22 13 3 10 60-626 ITS-Z-10100 60-992 ITS-SS-10100 60-694 ITS-DRIVE-10
M12x35 100 20 100 13 R-CAS-16 38 21 6 6 60-628 ITS-Z-12100 60-696 ITS-DRIVE-12
M12x35 100 22 100 13 R-CAS-16 38 21 6 6 60-993 ITS-SS-12100 60-696 ITS-DRIVE-12
M16x50 125 28 125 17 R-CAS-20 95 30 6 60-630 ITS-Z-16125 60-995 ITS-SS-16125 60-698 ITS-DRIVE-16
All sockets can be used with cartridge systems and in these circumstances a drive system is not required.
R-KEM+ & RM50 Performance Data

CHARACTERISTIC EDGE
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC SPACING
DISTANCE
(kN) (kN) (kN) (mm) PRODUCT
SIZE (mm)
CODE
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR
(NRK) (VRK) (NRd) (VRd) (Nrec) (Vrec) TENSION SHEAR TENSION or SHEAR
5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) (Scr,N) (Scr,V)
GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE
60-620
M6x75 9.8 14.6 5.7 8.8 4.5 6.8 3.2 4.9 3.2 4.8 1.8 2.7 100 130 130
60-985
60-622
M8x75 19.2 8.9 6.4
60-987
15.9 9.9 15.4 7.3 7.9 12.3 5.2 5.7 8.8 130 150 150
60-623
M8x90 21.7 10.0 7.2
60-988
60-624
M10x75 27.5 12.8 9.1
60-989
24.2 15.7 24.1 11.2 12.6 19.3 8.0 9.0 13.8 150 170 170
60-626
M10x100 36.6 16.9 12.1
60-992
60-628
M12x100 36.1 36.6 22.9 35.2 16.7 16.9 18.3 28.2 11.9 12.1 13.1 20.1 150 180 180
60-993
60-630
M16x125 54.0 54.0 42.5 65.1 25.0 25.0 34.0 52.1 17.8 17.8 24.3 37.2 170 220 220
60-995
R-CAS & R-KEX Performance Data

CHARACTERISTIC
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD CHARACTERISTIC SPACING
EDGE DISTANCE
(kN) (kN) (kN) (mm) PRODUCT
SIZE (mm)
TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR CODE
(NRK) (VRK) (NRd) (VRd) (Nrec) (Vrec) TENSION SHEAR TENSION or SHEAR
5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 5.8 8.8 (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V)
GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE GRADE
60-620
M6x75 9.8 14.6 5.7 8.8 4.5 6.8 3.2 4.9 3.2 4.8 1.8 2.7 100 130 130
60-985
60-622
M8x75*
60-987
15.9 21.7 9.9 15.4 7.3 10.0 7.9 12.3 5.2 7.2 5.7 8.8 130 150 150
60-623
M8x90
60-988
60-624
M10x75*
60-989
24.2 38.4 15.7 24.1 11.2 17.8 12.6 19.3 8.0 12.7 9.0 13.8 150 170 170
60-626
M10x100
60-992
60-628
M12x100 36.1 50.0 22.9 35.2 16.7 23.1 18.3 28.2 11.9 16.5 13.1 20.1 170 180 180
60-993
60-630
M16x125 66.1 89.5 42.5 65.1 30.6 41.1 34.0 52.1 21.9 29.6 24.3 37.2 200 220 220
60-995
* Note: M8x75 and M10x75 Sockets are not suitable for R-CAS capsules
lg
SOCKET DIAMETER (mm) ZINC PLATED STAINLESS STEEL

l
M6 11 11
M8 13 12
M10 17 16
M12 17 20
M16 25 25
Stainless Zinc plated

steel steel

THREADED RODS AND MESH SLEEVES
Plastic Sleeves
HOLE DIAMETER
STUD SIZE SLEEVE LENGTH BOX
IN STRUCTURE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) QUANTITY
(mm)
M6/M8 16 13 x 80 10 60-607 PLS-13080-10
M6/M8 16 13 x 80 5 60-608 PLS-13080-5/5
M10 16 13 x 130 10 60-609 PLS-13130-10
M10 16 13 x 130 5 60-614 PLS-13130-5/5
M12/M16 20 18 x 85 10 60-615 PLS-18085-10
M12/M16 20 18 x 85 5 60-616 PLS-18085-5/5
Mesh Sleeves
HOLE DIAMETER
STUD SIZE SLEEVE LENGTH BOX
IN STRUCTURE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) QUANTITY
(mm)
M6/M8 12 11 x 85 10 60-805 MS-11085
M10 16 15 x 95 10 60-807 MS-15095
M10 16 15 x 130 10 60-809 MS-15130
M10 16 15 x 200 10 60-111 MS-15200
M12 18 17 x 95 10 60-113 MS-17095
M12 18 17 x 200 10 60-115 MS-17200
M16 22 21 x 200 10 60-117 MS-21200
Mesh Sleeves x 1m
HOLE DIAMETER IN STRUCTURE SLEEVE LENGTH BOX/PACK

STUD SIZE PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) QUANTITY
14 M8 - M10 12,5 x 1000 10 SP-CE-R10

16 M12 15,0 x 1000 5 SP-CE-R12
22 M16 20,5 x 1000 10 SP-CE-R16
28 M20 26,0 x 1000 5 SP-CE-R20
THREADED RODS
MATERIAL
Grade 4.8, Length 1m
steel DIN 975 - zinc plated.
THREAD QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
M6 50 975-06-1000-ZN
M8 50 975-08-1000-ZN
M10 25 975-10-1000-ZN
M12 20 975-12-1000-ZN
M16 10 975-16-1000-ZN
M20 10 975-20-1000-ZN
Grade 8.8, Length 1m
THREAD QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
M6 10 975-06-1000-88-ZN
M8 5 975-08-1000-88-ZN
M10 5 975-10-1000-88-ZN
M12 5 975-12-1000-88-ZN
M16 5 975-16-1000-88-ZN
M20 5 975-20-1000-88-ZN

NUTS & WASHERS
Product Information
FLAT STANDARD WASHERS DIN 125
MATERIAL DIMMENSION QUANTITY

Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated. (mm) BOX OUTER
M6 6.4 x 12.0 x 1.6 500 24000 VMM-125-06-ZN

PROPERTIES
e Made in accordance with DIN 125. M8 8.4 x 16.0 x 1.6 250 12000 VMM-125-08-ZN
M10 10.5 x 20.0 x 2.0 250 6000 VMM-125-10-ZN
M12 13.0 x 24.0 x 2.5 100 4800 VMM-125-12-ZN
M16 17.0 x 30.0 x 3.0 75 1800 VMM-125-16-ZN
M20 21.0 x 37.0 x 3.0 50 1200 VMM-125-20-ZN
FLAT LARGE WASHERS DIN 9021
MATERIAL DIMMENSION QUANTITY

Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated. (mm) BOX OUTER
M6 6.4 x 18.0 x 1.6 250 12000 VMM-9021-06-ZN

PROPERTIES
e Made in accordance with DIN 9021. M8 8.4 x 24.0 x 2.0 200 4800 VMM-9021-08-ZN
M10 10.5 x 30.0 x 2.5 100 2400 VMM-9021-10-ZN
M12 13.0 x 37.0 x 3.0 100 1200 VMM-9021-12-ZN
M16 17.0 x 50.0 x 3.0 50 600 VMM-9021-16-ZN
M20 21.0 x 60.0 x 4.0 25 300 VMM-9021-20-ZN
COUPLING NUT
DESCRIPTION NUT LENGTH QUANTITY

THREAD PRODUCT CODE
For connecting multiple lengths (mm) PACK OUTER
of threaded rod. M6 18.0 500 2000 6334-06-1000-ZN
MATERIAL M8 24.0 250 1000 6334-08-1000-ZN
Low carbon steel, electro zinc M10 30.0 125 500 6334-10-1000-ZN
plated.
M12 36.0 75 300 6334-12-1000-ZN
PROPERTIES M16 48.0 40 160 6334-16-1000-ZN
Made in accordance with DIN 6334 M20 60.0 20 80 6334-20-1000-ZN
HEXAGONAL STANDARD NUTS DIN 934
MATERIAL QUANTITY
Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated. BOX OUTER
PROPERTIES M6 250 12000 VMM-934-06-ZN

e Made in accordance with DIN 934. M8 250 6000 VMM-934-08-ZN
M10 250 3000 VMM-934-10-ZN
M12 150 1800 VMM-934-12-ZN
M16 100 900 VMM-934-16-ZN
M20 50 450 VMM-934-20-ZN

UNO UNIVERSAL PLUG
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK & STONE ETC
Product Information
Truly universal plug which fixes 1. Unique design with expansion
e Shelving and cabinets
into any wall, ceiling or floor. throughout the length of the plug.
e Suspended ceilings
2. Expands at the top giving
e Switch boxes
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: instant grip.
e Trunking and cable trays
Concrete 3. Anti rotation features prevent
e Boilers
Brickwork spinning in the hole.
e Water heaters & radiators
Stone
Blockwork
Plasterboard
Etc
TILED WALLS
Not suitable for use with 10 mm
grey plugs. Always use smallest
gauge screw to prevent possibility
of cracking the tile.
UNO
HOLE DIAMETER PRODUCT CODE

SCREW RANGE PLUG LENGTH BOX/PACK OUTER
DESCRIPTION (mm) OPTIONS NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) QUANTITY QUANTITY CLIP TUB BAG BOX
(do )
96 10 68-500 UNO-YEL-96-C
24 10 With screws 68-505 UNO-YEL-S-24-T
Yellow 3.0 - 4.5 24 5 With screws
24 10 68-510 UNO-YEL-SD-24-T
and drill
1000 1 68-507 UNO-YEL-1000
48 10 68-515 UNO-RED-48-C
96 10 68-520 UNO-RED-96-C
288 20 68-525 UNO-RED-288
Red 3.5 - 5.0 28 6 48 10 With drill 68-530 UNO-RED-D-48-T
With screws
24 10 68-535 UNO-RED-SD-24-T
and drill
24 10 With screws 68-540 UNO-RED-S-24-T
1000 1 68-517 UNO-RED-1000
48 10 68-555 UNO-BRN-48-C
96 10 68-560 UNO-BRN-96-C
288 20 68-565 UNO-BRN-288
48 10 With screws 68-570 UNO-BRN-D-48-T
Brown 4.0 - 6.0 30 7
With screws
24 10 68-575 UNO-BRN-SD-24-T
and drill
24 10 With screws 68-580 UNO-BRN-S-24-T
1000 1 68-557 UNO-BRN-1000
80 10 68-595 UNO-BLU-80-C
10 10 With coach screws 68-600 UNO-BLU-CS-10-T
Blue 4.5 - 6.0 32 8 With coach screws
10 10 68-605 UNO-BLU-CSD-10-T
and drill
1000 1 68-597 UNO-BLU-1000
80 10 68-615 UNO-GRY-80-C
Grey 5.0 - 8.0 36 10
1000 1 68-617 UNO-GRY-1000
Mixed Red/ 60 10 68-630 UNO-MIX-272-T
3.5 - 6.0 28/30/32 6/7/8
Brown/Blue 272 20 68-635 UNO-MIX-272
50 10 68-640 UNO-N-05-10/50
5 mm
3.0 - 4.5 24 5 100 10 68-645 UNO-N-05
Nylon
50 10 With screws 68-650 UNO-N-05-S-50
50 10 68-655 UNO-N-06-10/50
6 mm
3.5 - 5.0 28 6 100 10 68-660 UNO-N-06
Nylon
50 10 With screws 68-665 UNO-N-06-S-50
50 10 68-670 UNO-N-08-10/50
8 mm
4.5 - 6.0 32 8 100 10 68-675 UNO-N-08
Nylon
50 10 With screws 68-680 UNO-N-08-CS-50
50 10 68-685 UNO-N-10-10/50
10 mm
5.0 - 8.0 36 10 100 20 68-690 UNO-N-10
Nylon
25 10 With screws 68-695 UNO-N-10-CS-25

UNO UNIVERSAL PLUG
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK & STONE ETC
Specication Data
MAXIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD (kg) MAXIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD (kg)
SCREW SCREW
5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm
MATERIAL SIZE MATERIAL SIZE
NYLON NYLON NYLON NYLON NYLON NYLON NYLON NYLON
(mm) (mm)
YELLOW RED BROWN BLUE GREY YELLOW RED BROWN BLUE GREY
3.5 33 27 3 18
4 58 47 3.5 21
4.5 81 63 59 38 HOLLOW 4 24 28
30 N/mm2 5 83 75 55 7 N/mm2 4,5 33 38
CONCRETE 5.5 95 80 BLOCKWORK 5 38 43 45
6 113 125 75 6 48 50 53
7 146 8 58
8 247 3 16
3 28 3,5 25 22
3.5 31 4 37 39 30
CONCRETE 4 35 36 4,5 49 53 38 32
HOLLOW CORE 4.5 41 45 1 5 N/mm2
5 67 47 42
BEAM 5 48 50 51 BLOCKWORK
5,5 58 61 49
6 58 58 60 6 70 82 56
8 68
7 70
3 23
8 88
3.5 36 31
3 13
4 53 55 43
3,5 15
4.5 70 75 54 45
20.5 N/mm2 4 16 18
5 95 68 60 HOLLOW
BRICK 4,5 20 23
5.5 83 88 70 CLAY POT
5 21 25 26
6 100 118 80
6 26 28 29
7 100
8 30
8 125
3,5 7 7
3 15
4 8 8 8
3.5 20
9.5 mm 4,5 9 9 9
4 25 30
PERFORATED PLASTERBOARD 5 10 10 9
4.5 36 45
BRICKWORK 5,5 10 10 10
5 43 55 50
6 65 70 63 6 10 11
8 85 3 9
3 6 3,5 9
3.5 7 4 9 9
12.5 mm
4 8 9 4,5 10 10
2.8 N/mm2 PLASTERBOARD
4.5 10 12 5 10 10 11
BLOCKWORK
5 12 14 15 6 11 11 11
6 17 18 19 8 13
8 22 3 9
3 8 3,5 9
3.5 9 2.5 mm 4 9 9
4 10 11 PLYWOOD 4,5 10 10
3.5 N/mm2
4.5 13 15 5 10 11 11
BLOCKWORK
5 15 18 19 6 11 11
6 22 23 24
8 28
Installation
1. Solid Walls. 2. Insert plug and tap flush 3. Combination Walls 3. Hollow Walls.
Drill hole to suit screw to surface. (install as diagram 2). Drill hole, insert plug and
length. Clean out hole. Place item to be fixed. tap flush to surface. Place
Insert screw and tighten. item to be fixed, insert
screw and tighten.

FIX EXPANSION PLUG
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, STONE ETC.
Product Information
MATERIAL SUITABLE FOR USE IN:
Plug sleeve: Concrete
e Shelving and cabinets
polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) or Brick
impact resistant co-polymer Concrete Blockwork
e Switch boxes
of polypropylene PP Stone
e Trunking and cable trays
Screw: Etc.
e Boilers
electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m
e Water heaters & radiators
WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW

FIX - EXPANSION PLUGS WITH POZIDRIVE
HOLE DIAMETER PLUG

BOX/PACK OUTER
(mm) LENGTH PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY QUANTITY
(do) (mm) HOLE DIAMETER PLUG SCREW
PACK OUTER
(mm) LENGTH DIMENSIONS PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY QUANTITY
5 25 100 9600 FIX-N-05 (do) (mm) (mm)
6 30 100 4800 FIX-N-06 5 25 3.5 x 30 100 4800 FIX-05+

8 40 100 2400 FIX-N-08 6 30 3.5 x 40 100 4800 FIX-06+340
10 50 100 2400 FIX-N-10 8 40 5.0 x 45 100 2400 FIX-08+
12 60 50 1200 FIX-N-12 8 40 5.0 x 60 100 2400 FIX-08+560
14 70 25 600 FIX-N-14
FIX - EXPANSION PLUGS WITH COLLAR
WITH COACH SCREW
HOLE DIAMETER PLUG

BOX/PACK OUTER
(mm) LENGTH PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY QUANTITY
(do) (mm)
6 30 100 4800 FIX-NF-06

8 40 100 2400 FIX-NF-08 HOLE DIAMETER PLUG SCREW
PACK OUTER
(mm) LENGTH DIMENSIONS PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY QUANTITY
10 50 100 2400 FIX-NF-10 (do) (mm) (mm)
12 60 50 1200 FIX-NF-12 10 50 6.0 x 60 100 1200 FIX-10/660

14 70 25 600 FIX-NF-14 12 60 8.0 x 70 50 600 FIX-12/70
Installation

FIX EXPANSION PLUG
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, STONE ETC.
Product Information
WITH ANGLE HOOK WITH ROUND HOOK
HOLE DIAMETER HOOK HOLE DIAMETER HOOK

PLUG LENGTH PACK OUTER PRODUCT PLUG LENGTH PACK OUTER PRODUCT
(mm) DIMENSIONS (mm) DIMENSIONS
(mm) QUANTITY QUANTITY CODE (mm) QUANTITY QUANTITY CODE
(do) (mm) (do) (mm)
6 30 4.5 x 35 100 2400 FIX-06K 6 30 4.5 x 50 100 2400 FIX-06S

8 40 5.0 x 50 100 1200 FIX-08K 8 40 5.0 x 65 100 1200 FIX-08S
10 50 6.0 x 55 100 1200 FIX-10K 10 50 6.0 x 85 100 1200 FIX-10S
12 60 8.0 x 65 50 600 FIX-12K
WITH PIG TAIL HOOK
HOLE DIAMETER HOOK

PLUG LENGTH PACK OUTER PRODUCT
(mm) DIMENSIONS
(mm) QUANTITY QUANTITY CODE
(do) (mm)
12 60 8.0 x 130 25 600 FIX-12H

STAIR-TREAD FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, STEEL
Product Information
STAIR-TREAD FIXINGS FOR INSTALLATION ON STAIR-TREAD FIXINGS FOR INSTALLATION ON STEEL

CONCRETE STAIRCASE STRINGERS STAIRCASE STRINGERS
MATERIAL CONTENTS OF SET: MATERIAL CONTENTS OF SET:

Plug sleeve: expansion plug Plug sleeve: expansion plug
polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) countersunk head screw, polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) countersunk head screw,
Screw: 4 levelling washers Screw: 4 levelling washers
electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m
Washer: Washer:
polypropylene polypropylene
S1
S2
S1
S2
L1 L2 L1 L2
S1 L1 S2 L2 PACK OUTER
PRODUCT CODE S1 L1 S2 L2 PACK OUTER
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) QUANTITY QUANTITY (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) QUANTITY QUANTITY
14 22 8 40 25 600 LSB 14 20 9 10 25 600 LSM
CENTRE PUNCHES FOR STAIR TREADS

S2 PACK
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) QUANTITY
8,0 2 LSB-P
9,0 2 LSM-P
Installation in concrete
Installation in hollow steel construction

DOOR STOPS BALL SHAPED
Product Information
MATERIAL CONTENTS OF SET:
Plug sleeve: expansion plug
polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) countersunk head screw,
Screw: ball-shaped door stop
electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m
Door stop:
polyethylene with vinyl acetate
S2
L2
S2 L2 COLOR PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) OF THE BALL QUANTITY QUANTITY
8 40 white 15 180 FIX-ODBK-01

8 40 beige 15 180 FIX-ODBK-02
8 40 brown 15 180 FIX-ODBK-03
8 40 black 15 180 FIX-ODBK-04
8 40 grey 15 180 FIX-ODBK-05
Installation

PLASTIC PLUGS
FOR BRICKWORK & CONCRETE
Product Information
All purpose cost effective fixing 1. Profiled Body for extra grip.
e Fixing central heating
for medium and lightweight 2. Anti-rotation fins.
pipes, shelving, brackets,
applications. 3. Three colour coded sizes for
dado rails and other
screws from 3-6 mm
woodwork. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: (No. 4-14).
e Securing light wall units
Brickwork 4. Additional sizes for screws
and kitchen fittings. Concrete 3-10 mm (No. 4-20).
2 1
PLASTIC PLUGS
HOLE PRODUCT CODE

SCREW PLUG
DIAMETER BOX/PACK
DESCRIPTION RANGE LENGTH OPTIONS CLIP NEW CODE
(mm) QUANTITY PACKS BOX
(mm) (mm)
(do) CARDED UNCARDED
20 67-128 YEL-20-NC
100 67-125 YEL-100-NC
3.0 - 5.0
YELLOW 25 5 100 67-126 YEL-100-C
No. 4 - 10
300 67-900 YEL-300
1000 67-910 YEL-1000
20 67-138 RED-20-NC
with drill 50 67-300 RED-10/50+D
3.5 - 5.5 100 67-130 RED-100-NC
RED 35 6
No. 6 - 12 100 67-134 RED-100-C
300 67-902 RED-300
1000 67-913 RED-1000
20 67-237 BRN-20-NC
with drill 50 67-310 BRN-10/50+D
100 67-231 BRN-100-NC
5.0 - 6.0
BROWN 45 7 100 67-233 BRN-100-C
No. 10 - 14
with drill 100 67-315 BRN-10/100+D
300 67-904 BRN-300
1000 67-916 BRN-1000
ASSORTED yel- 3.0 - 6.0

25 - 45 5-7 300 67-905 AST
low, red, brown No 4 - 14
3.0 - 4,5
GREEN 20 4.5 10 x 10 67-008 PLP-GRN
No. 4 - 8
3.5 - 5.0
PINK 25 5.5 10 x 10 67-012 PLP-PNK
No. 6 - 10
4.5 - 5.5
0RANGE 25 6.5 10 x 10 67-016 PLP-ORG
No. 8 - 12
4.5 - 5.0
GREY 35 5.5 10 x 10 67-020 PLP-GRY
No. 8 - 10
4.5 - 5.5
WHITE 35 6.5 10 x 10 67-024 PLP-WHT
No. 10 - 14
5.0 - 6.0
BLUE 35 8.0 10 x 10 67-028 PLP-BLU
No. 10 - 14
4.5 - 5.0
RED 35 5.5 10 x 10 67-021 PLP-RED
No. 8 - 10
5.0 - 6.0
BROWN 35 8.0 10 x 10 67-029 PLP-BRN
No. 10 - 14
8.0 - 10.0
YELLOW 50 11 10 x 10 67-032 PLP-YEL
No. 16 - 20
5.0 - 6.0
BROWN 35 8.0 22 x 50 67-965 PLP-22
No. 10 - 14
5.0 - 6.0
BROWN 35 8.0 44 x 50 67-960 PLP-44
No. 10 - 14

PLASTIC PLUGS
FOR BRICKWORK & CONCRETE
Product Information
Plastic Plug Performance Data

SCREW SIZE MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD (kg)
MATERIAL
(mm) YELLOW (5 mm) RED (6 mm) BROWN (7 mm)
3.0 17
3.5 26 34
4.0 43 55
20 N/mm2
4.5 55 60
Brick
5.0 68 68 64
5.5 85 83
6.0 100
3.0 21
3.5 30 43
4.0 51 68
30 N/mm2
4.5 68 72
Concrete
5.0 81 75
5.5 100
6.0 115
Installation
1. Mark out and drill holes. 2. Clean out holes and insert 3. Position fixture, insert screw.
plastic plug. Tap home. Tighten until fixture
is secure.

RAWL-IN-ONE MULTI-PURPOSE PLUG
FOR HOLLOW, SOLID & COMBINATION WALLS
Product Information
1 TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
The all-purpose plug which 1. Flange ensures flush fit
e Perfect for household
accepts a variety of screw sizes. to surface. Can be collapsed for
4 fixtures, cupboards, small deep setting in solid materials.
shelves, hooks etc. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 2. Anti-rotation fins prevent
e Hollow walls plasterboard, spinning when tightening screw.
Hollow, Solid & Combination
2 plywood, chipboard etc. Walls. 3. Engineered grip feature for
Sizes 5 & 6mm only. extra holding power.
e Solid wallsbrickwork, 4. Twin expansion points for
blockwork, concrete etc. a strong fix in hollow, solid
or combination materials
All plug sizes.
e Combination wallsdry lined
3
walls etc. All plug sizes.
RAWL-IN-ONE Multi-purpose Plug
HOLE DIAMETER (do) CLIP 48 PCS

PLUG SCREW
SOLID SUBSTRATES HOLOW & COMBINATION PACK/CLIP
DESCRIPTION DIAMETER RANGE OPTIONS
SUBSTARTES QUANTITY
(mm) (mm) PRODUCT CODES NEW CODES
(mm) (mm)
3.0 - 5.0
5 5 4.5 8
(No 4 - 10)
3.5 - 5.5
6 6 5.5 20
Mixed (No 6 - 12)
carded 67-614 RIO-48-C
48 pcs 4.5 - 6.0
8 8 7 16
(No 8 - 10)
5.0 - 8.0
10 10 9 4
(No 4 - 10)
Rawl-in-One Multi-purpose Plug Performance Data
MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD

MATERIAL
5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm
7 N/mm2 Blockwork (Solid) 20 kg 25 kg 30 kg 40 kg

7 N/mm2 Blockwork (Solid) 25 kg 30 kg 35 kg 50 kg
Installation
Solid walls Combination
walls
Hollow walls
Rawl-in-Oneplug. Tap Tighten until fixture
home. is secure.

HDPE PLASTIC PLUG
FOR CONCRETE, BLOCKS, SOLID & HOLLOW BRICK, LOW DENSITY MATERIALS

Concrete,
e For fixings of light weight
Stone/Rock,
loads e.g. switches, sockets,
Solid Bricks & Blocks,
conduits trunking, skirtings
Low Density Materials,
and frames, junction boxes
Holow Bricks,
etc.
Building Blocks,
Board Materials.
HDPE PLASTIC PLUG

DRILL DIAMETER PLUG LENGTH
DESCRIPTION SCREW GAUGE BOX QUANTITY OUTER QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm)
RED 5.5, 6.0 6, 8 & 10 34 100 1000 67-200
BROWN 7 8, 10, 12 & 14 40 100 1000 67-602
YELLOW 5, 5.5 4, 6 & 8 22 100 1000 67-603
LIGHTWEIGHT BLOCK ANCHOR

Steel fixing giving good performance in light weight blocks such as aerated and loght aggregate blocks.
DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE BOX LIST PRICE LIST PRICE GROUP

QUANTITY PER BOX PER 100 DISCOUNT CODE
mm pcs
6 x 32 KGS-0632 200 45.00 22.50 B-CP-A41

8 x 38 KGS-0838 200 55.80 27.90 B-CP-A41
8 x 60 KGS-0860 100 29.90 29.90 B-CP-A41
10 x 60 KGS-1060 100 34.45 34.45 B-CP-A41
Installation
plastic plug. Tap home. Tighten until fixture
is secure.

SANITARY FIXINGS
Product Information
A dedicated range of fixings, Concrete,
designed for secure mounting of Brick,
all types of Sanitary Ware into Block,
solid substrates. Stone.
WC OR BIDET LATERAL FIXING SET
HOLE DIAMETER
IN SUBSTRATES PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm)
10 mm 67-448 R-STY-PB
Installation
CORNER BASIN FIXING SET
HOLE DIAMETER
IN SUBSTRATES PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm)
8 mm 67-482 R-STY-CB
Installation

SANITARY FIXINGS
Product Information
Plug sleeve: impact resistant copolymer of polypropylene PP Concrete,
or polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) Brick,
Screw: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m Block,
Off-centre washer and masking cap: polypropylene Stone.
WASHBASIN FIXINGS
CONTENTS OF SET: HOLE DIAMETER

SCREW
COLOUR QUANTITY
(mm) PLUG DESCRIPTION OF COVER PRODUCT CODE
2 expansion plugs, (do)
DESCRIPTION
CAPS PACK OUTER
2 stud screws, 10 10 x 50 M8 x 80 1 125 KPU100
2 nuts,
12 12 x 60 M8 x 100 white 1 100 KPU120
2 off-centre washers,
2 cover caps. 12 12 x 60 M8 x 120 1 75 KPU140
14 14 x 70 M10 x 140 1 65 KPU141
10 10 x 50 M8 x 80 1 125 KPU100A
12 12 x 60 M8 x 100 silver 1 100 KPU120A
12 12 x 60 M8 x 120 1 75 KPU140A
14 14 x 70 M10 x 140 1 65 KPU141A
10 10 x 50 M8 x 80 1 125 KPU100S
12 12 x 60 M8 x 100 1 100 KPU120S
12 12 x 60 M8 x 120 alumin. 1 75 KPU140S
14 14 x 70 M10 x 140 1 65 KPU141S
10 10 x 50 M8 x 80 1 125 KPU100Z
12 12 x 60 M8 x 100 1 100 KPU120Z
gold
12 12 x 60 M8 x 120 1 75 KPU140Z
14 14 x 70 M10 x 140 1 65 KPU141Z
Installation
WC-FIXINGS
CONTENTS OF SET: HOLE DIAMETER

SCREW
COLOUR QUANTITY PRODUCT
(mm) PLUG DESCRIPTION OF COVER
2 expansion plugs, (do)
DESCRIPTION
CAPS PACK OUTER CODE
2 snap-fit sleeves,
10 10 x 50 6,0 x 80 white 1 500 KPM100
2 hexagonal head screws,
2 cover caps. 10 10 x 50 6,0 x 80 silver 1 500 KPM100S
10 10 x 50 6,0 x 80 alumin. 1 500 KPM100A
10 10 x 50 6,0 x 80 gold 1 500 KPM100Z
Installation

FRAME FIXING
FOR CONCRETE, STONE, BRICKWORK & BLOCKWORK
Product Information
Fixing timber or metal window 1. Countersunk Pozi-head screw
e Quick, easy fixing of timber
and door frames. provided, suitable for use with
or metal door and window
screw caps.
frames. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 2. Durable PA6 grade nylon
e No marking out - drill
Concrete, for extended fixing life.
straight through frame. Stone, 3. Tough nylon sleeve prevents
Brickwork & Blockwork. frame distortion during
tightening.
4. Anti-rotation lugs.
5. Extended zig-zag design
for enhanced expansion.
FRAME FIXINGS
MAX FIXTURE PRODUCT CODE

HOLE DIAMETER
SCREWHEAD TYPE THICKNESS
DESCRIPTION (mm) QUANTITY NEW CODE
(mm) (mm)
(do) PACK BOX
(Tx)
16 21-357 FF-08060/16
8 x 60 Countersunk Pozi 3 8 20
50 21-320 FF-08060
4 21-373 FF-08080/04
6 + drill 21-358 FF-08080/06-D
16 21-350 FF-08080/16
50 21-323 FF-08080
16 21-351 FF-08100/16
50 21-326 FF-08100
16 21-352 FF-08120/16
50 21-329 FF-08120
12 21-371 FF-10080/12
50 21-335 FF-10080
4 21-383 FF-10100/04
6 + drill 21-360 FF-10100/06-D
12 21-366 FF-10100/12
50 21-338 FF-10100
4 21-390 FF-10120/04
12 21-367 FF-10120/12
16 21-354 FF-10120/16
50 21-340 FF-10120
4 21-393 FF-10135/04
10 x 135 Countersunk Pozi 4 10 85 12 21-368 FF-10135/12
50 21-344 FF-10135
12 21-369 FF-10160/12
50 21-347 FF-10160
Frame Fixing Performance Data
MAXIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD

MATERIAL TENSION TENSION
8 mm 10 mm
Blockwork 7 N/mm2 80 kg 100 kg

Brick 20 N/mm2 100 kg 120 kg
Concrete 30 N/mm2 125 kg 150 kg

FRAME FIXING
Product Information
FRAME FIXINGS WITH LONG EXPANSION ZONE FRAME FIXINGS WITH LONG EXPANSION ZONE
WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW WITH COACH SCREW
HOLE DIAMETER QUANTITY HOLE DIAMETER QUANTITY

(mm) SCREW PRODUCT CODE (mm) SCREW PRODUCT CODE
(do) PACK OUTER (do) PACK OUTER
8 4,8x65/Pozi3 100 1200 KKS-08060 10 6,8x85/13 50 600 KD-10080
8 4,8x85/Pozi3 50 600 KKS-08080 10 6,8x105/13 25 450 KD-10100
8 4,8x105/Pozi3 50 600 KDS-08100 10 6,8x125/13 25 300 KD-10120
8 4,8x125/Pozi3 50 600 KDS-08120 10 6,8x145/13 25 300 KD-10140
8 4,8x145/Pozi3 50 600 KDS-08140 10 6,8x165/13 25 300 KD-10160
10 6,8x85/Pozi4 50 600 KDS-10080 10 6,8x205/13 25 300 KD-10200
10 6,8x105/Pozi4 25 450 KDS-10100 10 6,8x245/13 25 300 KD-10240
10 6,8x125/Pozi4 25 300 KDS-10120
10 6,8x145/Pozi4 25 300 KDS-10140
10 6,8x165/Pozi4 25 300 KDS-10160
10 6,8x205/Pozi4 25 300 KDS-10200 FRAME FIXINGS WITH LONG EXPANSION ZONE
10 6,8x245/Pozi4 25 300 KDS-10240 WITH COUNTERSUNK TORX HEAD SCREW
FRAME FIXINGS WITH LONG EXPANSION ZONE

WITH COACHSCREW AND WASHER
HOLE DIAMETER QUANTITY
(mm) SCREW PRODUCT CODE
(do) PACK OUTER
10 6,8x85/Torx40 50 600 KDT-10080

10 6,8x105/Torx40 25 450 KDT-10100
10 6,8x125/Torx40 25 300 KDT-10120
10 6,8x145/Torx40 25 300 KDT-10140
10 6,8x165/Torx40 25 300 KDT-10160
10 6,8x205/Torx40 25 300 KDT-10200
RECOMMENDED LOAD CAPACITY (kN)

BASE MATERIAL PRODUCT TYPE
8mm 10mm 16mm
HOLE DIAMETER QUANTITY CONCRETE C20/25 KK* 0.6 1,0
(mm) SCREW PRODUCT CODE
(do) PACK OUTER SOLID BRICK KK* 0.4 0.9
16 11,8x145/19 20 200 KD-16140
16 11,8x165/19 20 200 KD-16160 AERATED CONCRETE KD* 0.5 0.6 1.4
16 11,8x205/19 20 200 KD-16200 HOLLOW BRICK KD* 0.3 0.7 1.1
16 11,8x245/19 20 200 KD-16240 CLAY BLOCK KD* 0.4 0.7
Installation
1. Place frame in position and drill 2. Insert plug through fixture into hole 3. Insert the screw and tighten until 4. Fit a screw cap when fixing is
appropriate diameter hole through and lightly tap until flush with the secure. complete (optional).
frame and into base material. surface.
The hole depth (including frame) should
equal plug length plus 10mm.
Clean out hole.
Countersink for neat finish.

HAMMER FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCKWORK, STONE
Product Information
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL FEATURES
For fast, repetitive fixing Plug sleeve: impact resistant 1. Reinforced screwhead - facilitates
e Fixing stud battens to
with minimal screwdriver work. co-polymer of polypropylene PP high knock-in loads with the added
walls before cladding.
or polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon). benefit of plug neck grip.
e Fixing long runs of shelf
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Nail: steel electro-zinc coated 2. Hammer in drive screw for fast
supports. Concrete, ~10 m. installation.
e Fixing skirting boards to
Blockwork, 3. Deforming crumple zone allows quick
walls. Stone, adjustment in uneven surfaces.
Sandstone, Etc. 4. Extended expansion zone gives
extra grip.
HAMMER FIXINGS, COUNTERSUNK HEAD HAMMER FIXINGS CYLINDER HEAD

WITH STEEL NAIL WITH STEEL NAIL
HOLE DIAMETER QUANTITY HOLE DIAMETER FLANGE QUANTITY

SCREWHEAD PLUG SCREWHEAD
PLUG DESCRIPTION (mm) PRODUCT CODE (mm) DIAMETER PRODUCT CODE
TYPE DESCRIPTION TYPE PACK OUTER
(do) PACK OUTER (do) (mm)
5 x 25 5 Pozi2 100 2400 FX-N-05L025 5 x 25 5 8 Pozi2 100 2400 FX-N-05C025

8 x 120 8 Pozi2 50 600 FX-N-08L120
8 x 140 8 Pozi2 50 600 FX-N-08L140
8 x 160 8 Pozi2 50 600 FX-N-08L160
10 x 100 10 Pozi3 25 300 N-10L100
10 x 120 10 Pozi3 25 300 N-10L120
10 x 140 10 Pozi3 25 300 N-10L140
Installation

HAMMER FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCKWORK, STONE
Product Information
HAMMER FIXINGS, FLAT MUSHROOM HEAD HAMMER FIXINGS
WITH STEEL NAIL WITH NYLON NAIL
FX-N-06K040P
HOLE DIAMETER FLANGE QUANTITY

PLUG SCREWHEAD FX-N-06L040P
(mm) DIAMETER PRODUCT CODE
DESCRIPTION TYPE PACK OUTER
(do) (mm)
6 x 30 6 12 Pozi2 100 2400 FX-N-06K030

6 x 35 6 12 Pozi2 100 2400 FX-N-06K035
FX-N-06C040P
6 x 40 6 12 Pozi2 100 2400 FX-N-06K040
6 x 45 6 12 Pozi2 100 1800 FX-N-06K045 HOLE DIAMETER QUANTITY
PLUG HEAD PLUG
(mm) PRODUCT CODE
DESCRIPTION TYPE
6 x 55 6 12 Pozi2 100 1800 FX-N-06K055 (do) PACK OUTER
6 x 60 6 12 Pozi2 100 1200 FX-N-06K060 6 x 40 6 Mushroom 100 2400 FX-N-06K040P

6 x 70 6 12 Pozi2 100 1200 FX-N-06K070 6 x 40 6 Countersunk 100 2400 FX-N-06L040P
6 x 80 6 12 Pozi2 100 1200 FX-N-06K080 6 x 40 6 Cylinder 100 2400 FX-N-06C040P
Product Information
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL high knock-in loads with the added
For fast, repetitive fixing with Plug sleeve: impact resistant benefit of plug neck grip.
e Fixing stud battens
minimal screwdriver work. co-polymer of polypropylene PP 2. Hammer in drive screw for fast
to walls before cladding.
or polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon). installation.
e Fixing long runs of shelf
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Nail: electro-zinc coated steel 3. Deforming crumple zone allows
supports. Lightweight concrete, ~10 m. quick adjustment in uneven
e Fixing skirting boards
Cellular brick, surfaces.
to walls. Hollow brick, FEATURES 4. Extended expansion zone gives
Etc. 1. Reinforced screwhead - facilitates extra grip.
HAMMER FIXINGS WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD WITH LONG EXPANSION ZONE WITH STEEL NAIL

PLUG SCREWHEAD
(mm) PRODUCT CODE
DESCRIPTION TYPE PACK OUTER
(do)
8 x 100 8 Pozi2 50 600 N-KWD-08L100

8 x 120 8 Pozi2 50 600 N-KWD-08L120
8 x 140 8 Pozi2 50 600 N-KWD-08L140
Installation

PVCu FRAME FIXING
Product Information
Direct mounting of PVCu window 1. Locking tabs clip into the PVCu
e Rapid installation of new
frames to solid brickwork and frame.
PVCu double glazing units.
masonry. 2. Durable PA6 nylon sleeve for
e Secure fixings for PVCu and
extended fixing life.
aluminium replacement SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 3. Design prevents frame
frames. Concrete, distortion when tightening.
e Fixing clips into reinforced
Stone,
and unreinforced PVCu Brickwork & Blockwork.
frames for extra support.
NB. Not suitable for hollow
brickwork.
PVCu FRAME FIXING
HOLE DIAMETER
HOLE DIAMETER MAX FIXTURE
IN STRUCTURE
DESCRIPTION IN FIXTURE THICKNESS QUANTITY PACK BOX
(mm)
(mm) (mm)
(do)
8 x 100 8 9 35 100 21-650

8 x 140 8 9 75 100 21-652
10 x 100 10 11 35 100 21-656
10 x 120 10 11 55 16 21-625
10 x 120 10 11 55 100 21-658
10 x 140 10 11 75 16 21-627
PVCu FRAME FIXING Performance Data
MAXIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD TENSION AND SHEAR

MATERIAL
8 mm 10 mm
7 N/mm2 Blockwork 50 kg 70 kg
20 N/mm2 Brick 60 kg 80 kg
30 N/mm2 Concrete 100 kg 130 kg
Installation
1. Place frame in position 2. Drill through frame holes 3. Clean hole and install fixing
and drill through section at into base material to required through frame into masonry.
manufacturers recommended depth, using appropriate size of Tighten screw until secure. Fixing
centres. masonry drill. Total hole depth may be released and re-secured,
(incl. frame) should equal fixing if necessary, to align frame
length plus 10mm. accurately. Fit a screw cap when
fixing is complete (optional).

METAL FRAME FIXING
Product Information
For distortion-free installation of 1. Anti-rotation lugs prevent
e Fixes door and window
metal frames. rotation during tightening.
frames to most types
No marking out - fixes straight 2. All-steel construction for
of building material.
through the fixture into the strength and durability.
e Easy fixing for metal-framed
substrate. 3. Metal sleeve design avoids
doors and windows.
frame distortion during
e Perfect for installing patio
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: tightening up.
doors. Concrete,
Stone,
Brickwork & Blockwork.
NB. Not suitable for hollow

brickwork.
METAL FRAME FIXINGS
HOLE DIAMETER
HOLE DIAMETER
IN STRUCTURE
DESCRIPTION SCREWHEAD TYPE IN FIXTURE QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm)
(mm)
(do)
10 x 72 Pozi 3 10 11 100 21-100 O-10072

10 x 92 Pozi 3 10 11 100 21-101 O-10092
10 x 112 Pozi 3 10 11 100 21-102 O-10112
10 x 132 Pozi 3 10 11 100 21-104 O-10132
10 x 152 Pozi 3 10 11 100 21-106 O-10152
10 x 182 Pozi 3 10 11 100 21-108 O-10182
10 x 202 Pozi 3 10 11 100 O-10202
METAL FRAME FIXINGS Performance Data MASKING CAPS FOR METAL FRAME FIXINGS
MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD CAP DIAMETER QUANTITY PRODUCT

MATERIAL
TENSION (kg) (mm) CODE
PACK OUTER
20 N/mm2 Brick 120 15 100 1000 KO-BIALY/WHT
30 N/mm2 Concrete 170 15 100 1000 KO-BRAZ/BRN
Installation
1. Pre-drill the frame with an 11mm 2. Place frame in position and drill 3. Clean hole and install fixing 4. Fit masking cup.
HSS twist drill. through frame holes into base through frame into masonry.
material to required depth, using Tighten screw until secure.
recommended masonry drill. Fixing may be released and resecured,
Total hole depth (incl. frame) should if necessary, to align frame accurately.
equal length of fixing plus 10 mm.

CONCRETE FRAME SCREWS
Product Information
MATERIAL INSTALLATION TIPS
hardened steel, electro-zinc Minimum screw anchorage depth:
e Door and window frames
coated ~10 m for dense building materials -
e Securing formwork
30 mm,
e M & E instalation
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: for aerated concrete and
Pre-drilled 6mm: timber - 60 mm.
e Lightweight steel angles
concrete,
full and hollow brick, FEATURES
clinker brick, 1. No expansion force therefore
stone, imposes less stress on substrate
structural clay tile. during installation.
Without pre-drilling: 2. Small hole diameter giving high
aerated concrete, loads.
timber. 3. Easily removed for temporary
works.
Concrete Frame Screw With Cylinder Head
HOLE DIAMETER SCREWHEAD PRODUCT

DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
(do) TYPE CODE
7.5 x 52 6.0 Torx 25 100 WHS-75052

7.5 x 72 6.0 Torx 25 100 WHS-75072
7.5 x 92 6.0 Torx 25 100 WHS-75092
7.5 x 112 6.0 Torx 25 100 WHS-75112
7.5 x 132 6.0 Torx 25 100 WHS-75132
7.5 x 152 6.0 Torx 25 100 WHS-75152
7.5 x 182 6.0 Torx 25 100 WHS-75182
Concrete Frame Screw With Countersunk Head
HOLE DIAMETER SCREWHEAD PRODUCT

(do) TYPE CODE
7.5 x 52 6.0 Torx 30 100 WHO-75052

7.5 x 72 6.0 Torx 30 100 WHO-75072
7.5 x 92 6.0 Torx 30 100 WHO-75092
7.5 x 112 6.0 Torx 30 100 WHO-75112
7.5 x 132 6.0 Torx 30 100 WHO-75132
7.5 x 152 6.0 Torx 30 100 WHO-75152
7.5 x 182 6.0 Torx 30 100 WHO-75182
Concrete Frame Screw Performance Data

CHARACTERISTIC LOAD CAPACITY * RECOMMENDED LOAD CAPACITY * PREDRILLED HOLE MINIMUM FIXTURE MINIMUM HOLE
BASE MATERIAL
(kN) (kN) BASE MATERIAL DIAMETER DEPTH DEPTH
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Concrete C20/25 5.1 1.7
Concrete C20/25 6 30 40
Solid Brick 2.1 0.7
Solid Brick, Hollow Brick 6 60 70
Aerated Concrete 1.1 0.4
Aerated Concrete 60 70
Hollow Brick 0.9 0.3
* Recommended load capacity for shear and tension.
Installation
1. Pre-drilled 6mm in concrete, full and hollow brick, clinker brick, stone, structural clay tile.
2. Without pre-drilling in aerated concrete, timber.

RAWL R-EXP ANCHOR
Product Information
1
Fast, economical through fixing for securing timber 1. Collar holds fixture firmly in place, no screw
and metal profiles to solid brickwork and masonry. required.
No marking out or screwing required, simply 2. Spring steel anchor expands along its full length
hammers through fixture into pre-drilled hole. to provide a secure fixing.
2
Concrete,
Stone,
Brickwork & Blockwork.
PERFORMANCE (CONCRETE C20/25)

SAFE HOLE DEPTH BOX
EMBEDMENT ULTIMATE HOLE DIAMETER
LOADING PRODUCT WORKING (Inclusive of Fixture
DEPTH PERFORMANCE DESCRIPTION (mm) QUANTITY
DIRECTION DIAMETER LOAD Thickness) PRODUCT
(mm) (kN) (do)
(mm) NEW CODE
(kN) CODE
REDUCED 30 1.6 0.3 6 x 40 6 45 200 21-240 EXP-06040

6mm
STANDARD 45 3.2 0.6 6 x 50 6 55 100 21-242 EXP-06050
TENSION
REDUCED 40 4.0 0.8 6 x 60 6 65 100 21-244 EXP-06060
8mm
STANDARD 60 6.8 1.4 6 x 80 6 85 100 21-246 EXP-06080
REDUCED 30 4.0 1.0 8 x 70 8 75 100 21-258 EXP-08070
6mm
STANDARD 45 7.0 1.8 8 x 90 8 95 100 21-260 EXP-08090
SHEAR
REDUCED 40 9.0 2.3 8 x 110 8 115 100 21-262 EXP-080110
8mm
STANDARD 60 14.0 3.5 8 x 130 8 135 100 21-264 EXP-080130
INSTALLATION
MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS

PRODUCT SIZE (mm)
STANDARD REDUCED
6 x 40 - 10
6 x 50 5 20
6 x 60 15 30
6 x 80 35 50
8 x 70 10 30
8 x 90 30 50
8 x 110 50 70
8 x 130 70 90
8 x 150 90 110
Installation
1. Drill hole trough fixture and 2. Insert anchor. 3. Hammer until flush to
into substrate. surface.
Clean out debris.

DRYWALL SCREWS
Drywall Screws Black Phosphate
Coarse Thread For Timber Fine Thread For Sheet Metal
APPLICATION APPLICATION
Mainly in drywall systems for fixing Mainly in drywall systems for fixing
plasterboards to wooden framing. plasterboards to metal framing.
MATERIAL MATERIAL
Low-carbon steel-black phosphate Low-carbon steel-black phosphate
coating. coating.
PROPERTIES PROPERTIES
e Bugle Head Philips2. e Bugle Head Philips2.
BOX/PACK OUTER BOX/PACK OUTER

SCREW SIZE SCREWHEAD SCREW SIZE SCREWHEAD
QUANTITY QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE QUANTITY QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(mm) TYPE (mm) TYPE
(pcs) (pcs) (pcs) (pcs)
3.5 x 25 Philips2 1000 18000 FT-3525 3.5 x 25 Philips2 1000 18000 FS-3525
Drywall Collated Screws Black Phosphate
APPLICATION
Mainly in drywall systems for fixing
plasterboards to wooden metal
framing.
MATERIAL
Low-carbon steel-black phosphate
coating.
PROPERTIES
e Bugle Head Philips2.
Coarse Thread For Timber Coarse Thread For Timber
BOX/PAX OUTER BOX/PACK OUTER

SCREW SIZE SCREWHEAD PIECES SCREW SIZE SCREWHEAD PIECES
QUANTITY QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE QUANTITY QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(mm) TYPE PER STRIPE (mm) TYPE PER STRIPE
(pcs) (pcs) (pcs) (pcs)
3.5 x 25 Philips2 50 1000 10000 FTC-3525 3.5 x 25 Philips2 50 1000 10000 FSC-3525
3.5 x 35 Philips2 50 1000 10000 FTC-3535
3.5 x 38 Philips2 50 1000 10000 FTC-3538
3.5 x 45 Philips2 50 500 10000 FTC-3545
3.5 x 50 Philips2 50 500 10000 FTC-3550
3.5 x 55 Philips2 50 250 10000 FTC-3555

SELF-DRILLING/ DECKING SCREWS
Self-Drilling Jackpoint Screws
Countersunk Head Black Phosphate Pan Head
APPLICATION MATERIAL
APPLICATION
Mainly for joining metal Low carbon steel.
Mainly for fixing plasterboard to
supporting profiles in drywall PROPERTIES
light gauge steel constructions
systems. e Drilling capacity (drill tip length)
over 0.7 mm.
up to 2.0 mm.
MATERIAL
Low-carbon steel-black phosphate
Phosphate Coating
coating.
PROPERTIES
e Drilling capacity (drill tip length)
up to 1.2 mm.
BOX/PAX OUTER
SCREW SIZE SCREWHEAD
QUANTITY QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(mm) TYPE
(pcs) (pcs)
3,5 x 9,5 Philips2 1000 24000 WS-3595
3,9 x 11 Philips2 1000 24000 WS-3911
Zinc Plated min. 6 m.

BOX/PACK OUTER
(mm) TYPE
(pcs) (pcs)
3,5 x 25 Philips2 1000 18000 WS-3525

3,5 x 32 Philips2 1000 12000 WS-3532
3,5 x 38 Philips2 1000 12000 WS-3538
BOX/PACK OUTER
3,5 x 42 Philips2 500 6000 WS-3542 (mm) TYPE
(pcs) (pcs)
3,5 x 50 Philips2 500 6000 WS-3550 3,5 x 9,5 Philips2 1000 24000 WS-3595-OC
3,5 x 60 Philips2 250 3000 WS-3560 3,9 x 11 Philips2 1000 24000 WS-3911-OC
Decking Screws
APPLICATION e Tested under 1500 hours of
Recommended for All Outdoor salt spray, which under normal
Uses with all Timber. atmosferic conditions, should
last in excess of 25 years.
MATERIAL e Coarse threaded for effective
High grade steel high-tech organic cutting into tanalized timber
coating. board.
e Double-angled countersunk
PROPERTIES
head Pozi2 to ensure high
e High-tech organic coating
strength fixing by increased
offering exceptional resistance
torsional strength.
to corrosions, should last in
axcess of 25 years.
SCREW SIZE SCREWHEAD BOX/PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) TYPE (pcs)
4.0 x 50 Pozi2 500 DS-4050

4.0 x 60 Pozi2 350 DS-4060
5.0 x 50 Pozi2 400 DS-5050
5.0 x 60 Pozi2 300 DS-5060
5.0 x 80 Pozi2 200 DS-5080

METAL SELF DRILL
FOR PLASTERBOARD
Product Information
No drill requiredsimply pierce 1. Flange prevents accidental push
e Securing wall and ceiling
paper skin and screw home. through in plasterboard.
fittings, installing hooks
Can be used in single and double 2. Short length ideally suited for
and brackets etc.
thickness plasterboard. dry-lined walls.
e Fixing electrical boxes, sanitary
Ideal for use with either a power
ware, cable trunking etc.
or standard Pozi Driv screwdriver.
e Installing shelving units
Must only be used with screws
and wooden battens.
provided.

Plasterboard.
METAL SELF-DRILL

PRODUCT
SCREW SIZE THICKNESS
LENGTH SCREW TYPE QUANTITY NEW CODE
(mm) (mm)
(mm) PACK BOX
(Tx)
6 07-105 DRIVA-02-4520/6
12 07-115 DRIVA-02-4520/12
25 07-120 DRIVA-02-4520-025
27 Panhead 4.5 x 20 10 25 07-122 DRIVA-02-4520/25
50 07-124 DRIVA-02-4520/50
100 07-123 DRIVA-02-4520/100
100 07-125 DRIVA-02-4520
100 07-130 DRIVA-02-4535
27 Panhead 4.5 x 35 25
100 07-132 DRIVA-02-4535/100
Metal Self-Drill Performance Data

MATERIAL
TENSION OR SHAER
Plasterboard 9.5mm 6 kg
Plasterboard 12.5mm 8 kg
Installation
1. Position the fixture and 2. Maintaining a firm pressure, 3. Place fixture in position,
mark out holes. Using a No. screw in fixing until flush with insert screw and tighten
2 Pozi Driv screwdriver or the base material. until secure.
screwdriver bit, push firmly
into the board until thread
engages.

NYLON SELF-DRILL
FOR PLASTERBOARD
Product Information
Plug sleeve: recommended screw diameter:
e Ideal for installation
PA 6.0+30 GF (polyamide 3,5 - 4,2 mm.
of sockets, light switches
reinforced with fibre glass - 30%).
and other electrical fittings.
Plasterboard,
Gypsum fibreboard
PLASTERBOARD FIXINGS
QUANTITY
PLUG DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE
PACK OUTER
14 x 35 100 1800 DRIVA-01
PLASTERBOARD FIXINGS WITH PANHEAD SCREW
QUANTITY
PLUG DESCRIPTION SCREW DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE
PACK OUTER
14 x 35 4,2 x 32/Pozi2 100 1800 DRIVA-01PLUS
Installation

INTERSET
FOR PLASTERBOARD, HARDBOARD, PLYWOOD
Product Information
Fixing heavy objects securely in 1. Combination head screw
e Coat hooks to hollow doors.
a variety of board materials. supplied.
e Shelves and bathroom
Fixtures can be removed and 2. Integral anti-rotation lugs.
accessories to standard
re-fitted, eg when moving 3. Hinged legs positioned to
plasterboard.
radiators for redecoration. maximise load capacity.
B e Radiators and kitchen
Can be secured using slotted 4. One piece stamping, with
cabinets to double thickness
or Pozi Driv screwdriver. integral thread and flange
and tiled plasterboard.
for increased reliability.
Plasterboard, Hardboard &
Plywood.
INTERSET

HOLE DIAMETER BOARD THICKNESS MINIMUM MINIMUM
THICKNESS
DESCRIPTION (mm) RANGE CLEARANCE CLEARANCE QUANTITY NEW CODE
(mm) PACK BOX
(do) (mm) A (mm) B (mm)
(Tx)
M4 x 20 6 41-605 SM-04020/6
M4 x 20 8 2-5 15 16 5 10 41-603 SM-04020/10
M4 x 20 100 41-606 SM-04020
M4 x 32 8 2 - 10 15 25 7 100 41-612 SM-04032
M4 x 40 6 41-625 SM-04038/6
M4 x 40
8 41-700 SM-04038-D
With Drill
M4 x 40 10 41-619 SM-04038/10
8 8 - 15 15 25 8
M4 x 40 20 41-627 SM-04038/20
M4 x 40 25 41-620 SM-04038/25
M4 x 40 100 41-622 SM-04038
M4 x 54 8 15 - 21 17 26 7 100 SM-04046
M4 x 66 8 34 - 38 17 16 8 100 SM-04059
M5 x 40 6 41-645 SM-05037/6
M5 x 40 10 41-635 SM-05037/10
M5 x 40 10 5 - 13 15 27 9 20 41-637 SM-05037/20
M5 x 40 25 41-636 SM-05037/25
M5 x 40 100 41-638 SM-05037
M5 x 52 10 6 - 16 24 40 13 100 SM-05052
M5 x 65 20 41-657 SM-05065/20
M5 x 65 10 15 - 28 20 38 15 25 41-652 SM-05065/25
M5 x 65 100 41-654 SM-05065
M6 x 37 12 8 -12 18 27 8 100 SM-06037
M6 x 52 12 13 - 15 20 38 13 100 41-680 SM-06052
M6 x 65 20 41-667 SM-06065/20
M6 x 65 12 15 - 28 25 38 13 25 41-668 SM-06065/25
M6 x 65 50 41-670 SM-06065
M6 x 80 12 32 - 35 23 40 12 50 SM-06080
M8 x 80 12 32 - 35 23 42 13 50 SM-08080

INTERSET
Product Information
INTERSET WITH ANGLE HOOK INTERSET WITH ROUND HOOK
BOARD QUANTITY BOARD QUANTITY

HOLE DIAMETER HOLE DIAMETER
THICKNESS PRODUCT THICKNESS PRODUCT
DESCRIPTION (mm) DESCRIPTION (mm)
RANGE CODE RANGE CODE
(mm) (mm)
M4 x 55 8 4-10 100 1800 SM-04032K M4 x 55 8 4-10 100 1800 SM-04032S
Interset Performance Data
MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD TENSION AND SHEAR

MATERIAL
4 x 20 4 x 32 4 x 40 5 x 40 5 x 65 6 x 52
Plasterboard 9.5mm 9 kg 10 kg 12 kg
Plasterboard 12.5mm 12 kg 14 kg 16 kg 18 kg
Hollow door 10 kg 12 kg
SETTING TOOLS
PRODUCT
CODE
Professional 1 AT-88RAWL
DIY 1 AT-88M
Installation
1. Drill a hole to appropriate 2. Insert the fixing into the 3. Keeping a firm forward 4. Position the fixture, insert
size. hole. Tap in lightly, ensuring pressure tighten the the screw and tighten until
that the anti-rotation lugs screw to set the fixing in secure.
penetrate the face of the position and then remove
base material. the screw.

SPRING TOGGLE
FOR PLASTERBOARD
Product Information
Cavity fixing with long threaded 1. Machine screw for ease
e Installing overhead lights,
screw, ideal for double thickness of tightening.
ceiling fans and other
plasterboard and large fixtures. 2. Heavy gauge material
fixtures.
for superior loads.
Radius SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 3. Spreads load over wide area
Plasterboard for extra load capacity.
Lathe and plaster 4. Heavy gauge nut to prevent
Plywood stripping under load.
Hardwood
SPRING TOGGLE

HOLE DIAMETER PRODUCT
THICKNESS
DESCRIPTION (mm) RADIUS OPTIONS QUANTITY NEW CODE
(mm)
(do) (mm) PACK BOX
(Tx)
M3 x 50 11 30 With screws 6 94-365 SPO-03050-10/6

M3 x 50 11 30 With screws 10 94-450 SPO-03050
M3 x 50 11 30 20 With screws 20 94-600 SPO-03050-5/20
M3 11 N/A No screws 100 94-400 SPO-03
25
M5 x 80 14 54 25 With screws 20 94-680 SPO-05080-5/20
M5 14 N/A No screws 100 94-406 SPO-05
M6 x 60 18 28 30 With screws 50 94-442 SPO-06060
M6 18 N/A No screws 50 94-410 SPO-06
Spring Toggle Performance Data

MATERIAL
M3 M5 M6

SPRING TOGGLE
FOR PLASTERBOARD
Product Information
SPRING TOGGLE WITH PAN HEAD METRIC SCREW SPRING TOGGLE WITH EYE
HOLE DIAMETER HOLE DIAMETER

PACK OUTER PACK OUTER
DESCRIPTION (mm) PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION (mm) PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY QUANTITY QUANTITY QUANTITY
(do) (do)
M4 x 50 14 50 900 SPO450 M4 x 75 14 50 900 SPO475Z
SPRING TOGGLE WITH ROUND HOOK
HOLE DIAMETER
PACK OUTER
DESCRIPTION (mm) PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY QUANTITY
(do)
M4 x 75 14 50 900 SPO475
Installation
1. Drill a hole of the appropriate 2. Compress the wings and push the 3. While tightening the screw, pull the
diameter. fixing into the hole. fixture out from the wall or ceiling to
prevent the wings spinning freely.

PLASTERBOARD PLUG
FOR PLASTERBOARD
Product Information
For fixing to cavity walls and 1. Can be used with woodscrews
e Ideal for overhead fixings in
ceillings of low structural or selftapping screws.
plasterboard, e.g. installing
strength. 2. Flange holds fixing flush with
overhead lights.
wall surface.
e Installation electrical fitting
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 3. Unique zig-zac design for
on cavity walls. Plasterboard. greater expansion and holding
power within the plasterboard.
4. Wings provide clamping to
back of plasterboard.
PLASTERBOARD PLUG
HOLE DIAMETER SCREW DIAMETER

(mm) (mm)
Pack of 10 plugs 10-400

4.5 mm Pack of 50 plugs 10-404

7.0
(No. 8) Pack of 50 plugs + 7mm drill 10-406
Pack of 10 plugs + 7mm drill 10-410
Installation
1. Mark out and drill a 7 mm 2. Compress wings and push 3. Position fixture, insert
diameter hole. plug into hole. Lightly tap 4.5 mm (No. 8) screw
plug flush with surface. and tighten until secure.

PLASTIC TOGGLE
Product Information
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
Medium duty plasterboard fixing. Plug sleeve:
e Securing bathroom
Fixtures can be removed and impact resistant co-polymer
and kitchen fittings.
replaced for redecoration. of polypropylene
e Installation of ceiling
Screw:
fixtures, such as light SUITABLE FOR USE IN: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m
fittings. Plasterboard,
e Fixing light shelving,
Hardboard
brackets and hooks. Plywood.
PLASTIC TOGGLE PLASTIC TOGGLE WITH ANGLE HOOK
BOARD BOARD
THICKNESS THICKNESS PRODUCT
DESCRIPTION (mm) PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION (mm)
RANGE RANGE CODE
(mm) (mm)
4.0 x 50 10 9.5 100 1800 10G 4.0 x 50 10 9.5 100 1800 10GK
PLASTIC TOGGLE
WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW POZI 2 PLASTIC TOGGLE
BOARD BOARD
THICKNESS THICKNESS PRODUCT
DESCRIPTION (mm) PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION (mm)
RANGE RANGE CODE
(mm) (mm)
4.0 x 60 10 9.5 100 1800 10GL 3,5 x 45 8 12.5 100 1800 08GL
Installation

RAWLNUT FLEXI-PLUG
FOR VIRTUALLY ANY CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL
Product Information
A problem solving fixing. 1. Resistant to vibration and
e Fixing to virtually any
corrosion.
material, either solid or SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 2. Flange holds fixing flush to wall
hollow, eg metal sheet, For use in virtually any hollow surface.
plasterboard, plywood, or solid construction material. 3. Sleeve compresses to provide
glass, plastic, etc.
secure fixing, even in irregular
e Secure fixing in brittle or
shaped holes.
unknown substrates.
4. Made from synthetic rubber
e Ideal for fixing in irregular or
for more severe conditions.
oversized holes.
5. Bonded brass insert.
RAWLNUT Flexi-Plug
HOLE DIAMETER FLANGE PRODUCT CODE
SCREW LENGTH LENGTH GRIP RANGE
DESCRIPTION (mm) THICKNESS QUANTITY NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) PACK BOX
(do) (mm)
M3 (3240) 30 4 09-045 RNT-M3x30/4
8 1.2 24 6 - 14
M3 (3240) 30 50 09-040 RNT-M3x30
M4 (4100) 20 4 09-105 RNT-M4x20/4
M4 (4100) 20 8 1,4 12,6 0-4 50 09-100 RNT-M4x20
M4 (4100) No screws 50 09-093 RNT-M4/12
M4 (4240) 30 50 09-130 RNT-M4x30
8 1,2 24 6 - 14
M4 (4240) No screws 50 09-123 RNT-M4/24
M5 (5150) 20 50 09-195 RNT-M5x20
10 1,3 14,1 0-5
M5 (5150) No screws 50 09-184 RNT-M5/14
M5 (5250) 30 4 09-240 RNT-M5x30/4
M5 (5250) 30 10 1,3 26,1 8 - 16 50 09-235 RNT-M5x30
M5 (5250) No screws 50 09-224 RNT-M5/26
M5 (5400) 50 50 09-317 RNT-M5x40-50
10 1,3 39,8 20 - 30
M5 (5400) No screws 50 09-310 RNT-M5/40
M6 (6150) No screws 13 1,3 16 0-3 50 09-355 RNT-M6/16
M6 (6250) No screws 13 2 26,7 6 - 13 50 09-385 RNT-M6/27
M6 (6350) No screws 13 1,3 35 11 - 23 50 09-415 RNT-M6/35
M6 (6500) No screws 13 1,2 50 26 - 38 50 09-437 RNT-M6/50
M8 (8250) No screws 16 5 27,9 4 - 10 50 09-473 RNT-M8/28
M8 (8300) No screws 18 1,2 30 6 - 15 50 09-475 RNT-M8/30
M8 (8500) No screws 18 2 50 15 - 39 50 09-533 RNT-M8/50
M10 (1055) No screws 20 1,3 55 20 - 36 25 09-594 RNT-M10/55
M12 (1275) No screws 24 1,3 80 30 - 50 20 09-654 RNT-M12/80
RAWLNUT Flexi-Plug Performance Data

MATERIAL
3240 4240 5250 5400 6250 8300 8500 1055 1275
Plasterboard 9.5 mm 8 kg 8 kg 9 kg 12 kg 13 kg
Plasterboard 12.5 mm 10 kg 10 kg 11 kg 14 kg 18 kg
Blockwork Solid 7 N/mm2 60 kg 100 kg 130 kg
Blockwork Hollow 7 N/mm2 40 kg 65 kg 70 kg
Blockwork Solid 3,5 N/mm2 30 kg 50 kg 60 kg
Blockwork Hollow 3,5 N/mm2 20 kg 30 kg 40 kg
Installation
1. Drill appropriate diameter hole. 2. Insert the fixing up to its 3. Place fixture in position. Insert 4. Works equally well in
For solid materials, drill hole to flange. screw and tighten to compress uniform or irregularly
length of screw. Clean out hole sleeve and form a secure fixing. shaped holes.
and remove sharp edges to avoid Do not overtighten.
damaging fixing.

RAWL TAP-IN
FOR PLASTERBOARD, AERATED BLOCKWORK
Product Information
1 DESCRIPTION FEATURES
Punches a clean hole with virtually 1. Flange to prevent push
e 5mm for plasterboard:
2 no damage to either side of through.
light-weight household
plasterboard. 2. Anti-rotation fins stop spinning
fix-tures, eg light switches,
The fast, simple hammer-in when tightening screw.
cable ducting and light duty
fixing for plasterboard and 3. Snap-set design to maximise
bathroom fittings.
aerated blockwork. expansion for extra grip.
3 e 6.5mm for aerated blockwork:
Designed to cope with the high 4. Engineered precision tip for easy
for installing alarm sys-tems,
torque of power screwdrivers. penetration into substrate.
telephone trunking, pipes,
Can be used in higher strength
conduits, sockets and junction
block if hole is drilled first.
boxes.
Plasterboard &
Aerated Blockwork.
4
RAWL-TAP-IN

SCREW SIZE THICKNESS
DESCRIPTION OPTIONS QUANTITY NEW CODE
(mm) (mm)
(Tx) PACK BOX
No screws 10 22-001 TAP-50/10

5 mm 4.5 With screws 25 22-005 TAP-50-S/25
15
for plasterbord (No 8) No screws 50 22-010 TAP-50/50
No screws 100 TAP-50
With screws 10 22-006 TAP-65/10
6.5 mm With screws 25 22-007 TAP-65-S/25
5.0
for aerated 10
(No 10) No screws 50 22-011 TAP-65/50
blockwork
No screws 100 22-013 TAP-65
Rawl-Tap-In Performance Data

MATERIAL
5 mm 6.5 mm
Plasterboard 9.5 mm 3 kg
Plasterboard 12.5 mm 4 kg
Blockwork 2.8 N/mm2 15 kg
Installation
Plasterboard Aerated
Blockwork
1. Lightly tap in until fixing 2. Place fixture in position, 1. Hammer in until flush (As 2. Place fixture in position,
has penetrated at least 5 insert screw and tighten until with similar fixings take care insert screw and tighten
mm. Then tap until flush. If secure. Avoid overtightening. to hammer in squarely to until secure.
plasterboard is wallpapered Caution: Avoid excessive or avoid breaking). Avoid overtightening.
or skimmed, use a screwdriver offset hammering.
to break the surface.

HOLEBORE
FOR PLASTERBOARD, HARDBOARD & PLYWOOD
Product Information
Fast, easy way to install fixings in Plasterboard
e For use with most fixings
plasterboard walls and ceilings. Hardboard
into plasterboard.
Eliminates the need for a drill and Plywood.
e Small sizes also suitable for
screwdriver.
use in thin plywood panels. FEATURES
5 blade sizes for most fixings
requirements. 1. Pierces plasterboard easily
Tool with interchangeable blades and cleanly.
includes Pozi Driv and flat 2. Blade sizes for most
screwdriver head. fixing requirements.
HoleBore
DESCRIPTION OPTION QUANTITY PRODUCT CODES NEW CODE
Holebore 6 PC Blade Set 10 89-230 R-HB

Replacement Blade Set 10 89-232 R-HB-R
Installation
1. Using appropriate size for 2. Insert fixing 3. Remove the blade from 4. Tighten until secure.
the fixing, push tip into the HoleBore handle and
substrate. replace with screwdriver bit
Apply even pressure whilst provided.
twisting clockwise and
anti-clockwise until it passes
through the substrate.

CEILING HANGERS
FOR CONCRETE & MASONRY
Product Information
CEILING SPRING PIN
Mainly for fixing lightweight steel 4.6 - electro-zinc coated
e Lightweight suspended
ceilings and suspended ceilings ~10 m
ceilings.
to solid building materials.
Fire resistant

Concrete, Masonry, Etc.
HOLE DIAMETER
PRODUCT
PLUG DESCRIPTION (mm) QUANTITY
CODE
(do)
8 x 42 8 100 Z-KSP
8 x 42 8 100 Z-KSP/F
Installation
Product Information
CEILING WIRE HANGER
Mainly for fixing lightweight electro-zinc coated steel.
ceilings and suspended ceilings
ceilings.
to solid building materials.
Fire resistant


PLUG DESCRIPTION (mm) PRODUCT CODE
(do) PACK OUTER
6 x 63 6 100 2400 SRS-06063
Installation

METAL HAMMER FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE & MASONRY
Product Information
METAL HAMMER FIXINGS WITH STEEL NAIL
For light duty fixings of metal Plug sleeve: zamak (Zn-Al).
e Profiled metal roof and wall
constructions and sheet metal to solid Nail: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m.
Cladding.
building materials


FLANGE DIAMETER
(mm)
(do) PACK OUTER
5 x 20 5 12 100 3600 KMW-05020

6 x 30 6 12 100 1800 KMW-06030
6 x 40 6 12 100 1200 KMW-06040
6 x 50 6 12 100 1200 KMW-06050
6 x 65 6 12 100 1200 KMW-06065
Installation
Product Information
CEILING WEDGE ANCHOR

Mainly for fixing lightweight ceilings steel 4.6
ceilings.
and suspended ceilings to solid - electro-zinc coated ~10 m
building materials.
Fire resistant


(do) PACK OUTER
6 x 40 6 100 1800 GS-06040

6 x 65 6 100 1200 GS-06065
Installation

HANGERS
FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS
Rotary Channel Hanger Suspension Wires

With Spring Clip
APPLICATION TIPS:
APPLICATION: Maximum load capacity and security will
For connecting the suspended ceiling be guaranteed by fixing the suspension
supporting structure with suspension wires wires to the base material with:
to ceiling base material. steel ceiling wedge anchor GS or metal
hammer fixings KMW
MATERIAL: steel sleeve or wedge anchors KTS
Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated. or SRS
steel ceiling spring pin Z- KSP
QUANTITY
use of spring securing clip Z-WD
PACK WEIGHT PRODUCT CODE
PACK
(kg)
or hangers Z-WOBR, Z-WK, Z-WT.
100 4.8 Z-WOBR MATERIAL:

Steel wire diameter 4 mm.
Universal Channel Hanger

With Spring Clip LENGTH
QUANTITY
PACK WEIGHT
WITH LOOP (EYE) WITH HOOK
(mm) PACK PRODUCT CODE PRODUCT CODE
(kg)
APPLICATION:
125 100 1.6 Z-L-0125-O Z-L-0125-H
For connecting the modular suspended
250 100 2.8 Z-L-0250-O Z-L-0250-H
ceilings supporting structure with
500 100 5.3 Z-L-0500-O Z-L-0500-H
suspension wires to ceiling base material.
750 100 7.8 Z-L-0750-O Z-L-0750-H
MATERIAL: 1000 100 10.0 Z-L-1000-O Z-L-1000-H
Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated. 1500 100 15.3 Z-L-1500-O Z-L-1500-H
QUANTITY
PACK
(kg)
Double Spring Clip
100 Z-WKB
APPLICATION:
Self-locking spring clip for suspension wires Z-L
Channel Hanger With Spring Clip MATERIAL:

Sheet metal plate from sprung steel electro
APPLICATION: zinc coated.
For connecting the suspended ceiling
QUANTITY
supporting structure with suspension wires
to ceiling base material PACK
(kg)
MATERIAL: 100 1.23 Z-WD

Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.
Quick Closing Device

QUANTITY
PACK
(kg)
DESCRIPTION:
Set contents:
100 3.75 Z-WK
2 suspension wires with hook (Z-L-H)
1 double spring clip
Termatex Hanger With Spring Clip

APPLICATION:
For connecting the modular suspended
ceilings supporting structure with
suspension wires to ceiling base material.
MATERIAL:
SUSPENSION WIRES LENGHT QUANTITY
Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated. PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
2 x 165 100 Z-L-HH-0165x0165
2 x 315 100 Z-L-HH-0315x0315
QUANTITY
PACK WEIGHT PRODUCT CODE 2 x 515 100 Z-L-HH-0515x0515
PACK
(kg) 2 x 815 100 Z-L-HH-0815x0815
100 3.25 Z-WT 2 x 1015 100 Z-L-HH-1015x1015

HANGERS/DIRECT BRACKETS
Adjustable Rotary Channel Hanger Adjustable Termatex Hanger
APPLICATION: APPLICATION:
For connecting the suspended ceiling For connecting the suspended ceiling
supporting structure with adjustable supporting structure with adjustable
length hanger to ceiling base material. length hanger to ceiling base material.
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated. Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.
QUANTITY QUANTITY
PACK WEIGHT PRODUCT CODE PACK WEIGHT PRODUCT CODE
PACK PACK
(kg) (kg)
100 Z-N-WOBR 100 Z-N-WT
Upper Adjustable Hanger Adjustable Hanger Clip
APPLICATION: MATERIAL:
For connecting the suspended ceiling Steel wire diameter 2.5 mm.
supporting structure with adjustable
length hanger to ceiling base material.
72 mm
MATERIAL:
Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.
QUANTITY
PACK
(kg)
100 0.61 Z-N-KLM
QUANTITY
LENGTH
(mm) PACK
(kg)
200 100 Z-N-GO200
300 100 Z-N-GO300
Universal Direct Bracket Flexible Direct Bracket

For connecting C channels Strengthened connector for wall
directly to base material. constructions and attic lining.
Supplied flat. Supplied flat.
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
L
Sheet metal plate electro zinc Sheet metal plate electro zinc
L
coated. coated.
LENGTH
LENGTH QUANTITY (L) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(L) PRODUCT CODE (mm)
PACK WEIGHT
(mm) PACK
(kg) 34.5 100 Z-UE30
70 250 3.30 Z-ES-60/070 67.0 100 Z-UE65
120 250 4.80 Z-ES-60/120 97.0 100 Z-UE90

CONNECTORS
Timber Connector Universal Timber Connector

For direct connecting of C and D shape profile For direct connecting of C and D shape profile
with wooden constructions. with joints
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated. Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.
QUANTITY
LENGTH
(mm) PACK
QUANTITY (kg)
LENGTH
(mm) PACK 170 100 3.25 Z-WP170
(kg)
270 100 Z-WP270
170 100 3.07 Z-WKP170
Timber Connector Channel Intersection Connector

For direct connecting of C and D shape profile For connecting of the crossed
with wooden constructions. C and D shape profile in
two-level supporting
MATERIAL: constructions of suspended
Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated. ceilings.
MATERIAL:
Sheet metal plate electro
zinc coated.
QUANTITY QUANTITY
LENGTH
(mm) PACK PACK
(kg) (kg)
170 100 3.10 Z-WKP170B 100 3.35 Z-LKRZ
Channel Connector Flush Transverse Connector

For connecting of For transverse connecting
C and D shape profile. of C and D shape profile
on the same level
MATERIAL:
Sheet metal plate electro MATERIAL:
zinc coated. Sheet metal plate electro
zinc coated.
QUANTITY QUANTITY
PACK PACK
(kg) (kg)
100 4.47 Z-LW 100 5.20 Z-LPJ

MESH TAPES
Self-adhesive Joint Tapes Acoustic Foam Tape
LENGTH WIDTH LENGTH WIDTH

QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(m) (mm) (m) (mm)
20 45 60 GKT-P20 3 50 8 GKT-A50
45 45 54 GKT-P45 3 70 5 GKT-A70
90 45 24 GKT-P90 3 95 4 GKT-A95
Fibre Glass Tape
LENGTH WIDTH
(m) (mm)
25 50 40 GKT-S25

SCAFFOLDING EYEBOLTS
Product Information
Scafolding Eyebolts
23 mm
MATERIAL
e Suitable for fastening scafolding to the
Electro-zinc coated steel.
wall of the building.
45 mm
LENGTH (L) QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
mm PACK
90 25 HR-12090
120 25 HR-12120
160 25 HR-12160
190 25 HR-12190
230 25 HR-12230
300 25 HR-12300
350 25 HR-12350
Scafolding Eyebolt Plug

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS Plug sleeve: Concrete
e Suitable for fastening scafolding to the
polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) or Brick
wall of the building. impact resistant co-polymer Concrete Blockwork
L of polypropylene PP Stone
Etc.
LENGTH (L) HOLE DIAMETER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
mm (mm) PACK
70 14 25 HRK-14070
100 14 25 HRK-14100
135 14 25 HRK-14135
185 14 25 HRK-14185
Masking Cap for HRK expansion plug

MATERIAL
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS Polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) or
e Suitable for masking the hole of HRK
impact resistant co-polymer QUANTITY
expansion plug. PRODUCT CODE
of polypropylene PP PACK
25 ZK-14
Installation

INSULATION FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, MASONRY, CLINKER BRICK, STONE, SILICATE BLOCS, ETC.
Product Information
INSULATION FIXINGS - KI 10 TYPE WITH HAMMER-IN NYLON PIN

Plug sleeve: impact resistant e Pre-drilling diameter: 10 mm
e Fixing light thermal
co-polymer of polypropylene PP or e Anchorage depth: min. 50 mm
insulation materials e.g.
polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) - to order.
foamed polystyrene
Nail pin: polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon)
(Styropor) rendered facade
reinforced with fibre glass.
walls.
PLUG LENGTH HOLE DIAMETER INSULATION THICKNESS QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) PACK
70 10 10-20 250 KI-070
90 10 30-40 250 KI-090
120 10 60-70 250 KI-120
140 10 80-90 250 KI-140
160 10 100-110 250 KI-160
180 10 120-130 250 KI-180
200 10 140-150 250 KI-200
Installation
Product Information
INSULATION FIXINGS - KI 8 TYPE WITH HAMMER-IN NYLON PIN

e Fixing light thermal
co-polymer of polypropylene PP or e Anchorage depth: min. 50 mm
insulation materials e.g.
polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) - to order.
foamed polystyrene
Nail pin: polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon)
(Styropor) rendered facade
reinforced with fibre glass.
walls.
PLUG LENGTH HOLE DIAMETER INSULATION THICKNESS QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) PACK
90 8 30-40 250 KI-090/8
110 8 50-60 250 KI-110/8
130 8 70-80 250 KI-130/8
150 8 90-100 250 KI-150/8
170 8 110-120 250 KI-170/8
170 8 130-140 250 KI-190/8
Installation

INSULATION FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, MASONRY, CLINKER BRICK, STONE, SILICATE BLOCS, ETC.
Product Information
INSULATION SUPPORT KIK TYPE ONE PIECE WITH NO PIN

e For fixings light insulation boards, not exposed
co-polymer of polypropylene PP e Anchorage depth: min. 30 mm
to influence of suction wind forces e.g. by
insulation of: building substructure, basement
walls, window and door reveals, building plinths.
Installation
INSULATION
PLUG HOLE DIAMETER QUANTITY
THICKNESS PRODUCT CODE
DESCRIPTION (mm) PACK
(mm)
35 x 70 8 10-20 400 KIK-070
35 x 90 8 30-40 400 KIK-090
Product Information
METAL FIRE RESISTANT INSULATION SUPPORT - MKI TYPE

Electro-zinc coated steel e Pre-drilling diameter: 8 mm
e For fixing mineral wool to
or stainless steel A2 to order. e Anchorage depth: min. 50 mm
facade walls in all applications
where fire-resistance is required.
Installation
PLUG LENGTH HOLE DIAMETER QUANTITY
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) PACK
90 8 250 MKI-090/8
110 8 250 MKI-110/8
140 8 250 MKI-140/8
170 8 250 MKI-170/8
200 8 250 MKI-200/8
Product Information
INSULATION FLANGE WITH COVER CAP KC TYPE
Impact resistant co-polymer e Pre-drilling diameter: 10 mm
e For fixing both light polystyrene and
of polypropylene PP e Anchorage depth: min. 50 mm
heavy mineral wool boards - in
or polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon)
combination with appropriate
- to order.
screws - to facade walls made from:
timber, sheet metal, plasterboard,
etc.
Installation
FLANGE
QUANTITY
DIAMETER PRODUCT CODE
PACK
(mm)
60 200 KC

CORNER BEADS
FOR DRYWALL & PLASTERBOARD
Aluminium Corner Beads Finishing Beads for Plasterboards
LENGTH
(cm)
250 50 NAL-25 PLASTERBOARD
LENGTH
300 50 NAL-30 (cm)
THICKNESS QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(mm)
250 12.5 200 NGK125-25
300 12.5 200 NGK125-30
Aluminium Corner Half-bead

Aluminium Corner Beads With Mesh
LENGTH
(cm)
250 50 NAL-P-25
PVC Corner Bead
LENGTH
MESH TYPE QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(cm)
250 8x8 20 NALS-25
300 8x8 20 NALS-30
LENGTH
(cm)
PVC Corner Bead With Mesh
250 200 NAP-25
300 200 NAP-30
PVC Corner Arch Bead
LENGTH LENGTH
QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE MESH TYPE QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(cm) (cm)
250 25 NALUK-25 250 10 x 10 50 NAPS-25
300 25 NALUK-30 250 10 x 15 50 NAPS-25/10x15

LATHS
FOR DRYWALL & PLASTERBOARD
Trunking Bead Drip Corner Bead
LENGTH WIDTH
(cm) (mm)
300 20 20 NBO2-30
300 30 20 NBO3-30
300 50 20 NBO5-50
Under Cill Bead
LENGTH
(cm)
200 25 NKAP-20
Expansion Control Joint Bead

LENGTH
(cm)
200 30 NPAR-20
Sealing Stop Bead
NDYL-N-25 NDYL-25
LENGTH WIDTH
(cm) (mm)
140 6 60 NLU6-14
NDYL-N-25
240 6 60 NLU6-24
140 9 60 NLU9-14
240 9 60 NLU9-24
Stop Bead with Mesh
NDYL-25
LENGTH
OPTIONS QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(cm)
LENGTH
QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE STRAIGTH 250 50 NDYL-25
(cm)
140 60 NLOK-14 CORNER 250 50 NDYL-N-25

WOOD CONNECTORS
Joist Hangers D-WB Joist Hanger
With Concealed Flanges D-WC
MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm MATERIAL:
- electro galvanized - 8 m. Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm
- electro galvanized - 8 m.
BEAM WIDTH BEAM HEIGHT PACK WEIGHT PACK

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) (kg) QUANTITY
40 110 15.2 50 D-WB-411 BEAM WIDTH BEAM HEIGHT PACK WEIGHT PACK
PRODUCT CODE
50 105 15.2 50 D-WB-510
40 110 13.0 50 D-WC-411
50 165 17.6 40 D-WB-516
50 105 13.0 50 D-WC-510
60 100 15.2 50 D-WB-610
60 100 13.0 50 D-WC-610
60 130 15.0 40 D-WB-613
70 125 15.0 40 D-WC-712
70 125 15.0 40 D-WB-712
80 120 15.0 40 D-WC-812
80 120 15.0 40 D-WB-812
80 150 11.1 25 D-WC-815
80 150 11.1 25 D-WB-815
80 180 12.8 25 D-WC-818
80 180 12.8 25 D-WB-818
90 145 11.1 25 D-WC-914
90 145 11.1 25 D-WB-914
100 140 11.1 25 D-WC-1014
100 140 11.1 25 D-WB-1014
100 200 11.7 20 D-WB-1020
Rafter Twist Straps D-SP-LP

Two-piece Joist Hanger Plus D-WD
MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm
MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm
PACK PRODUCT CODE

HANGER DIMENSION PACK
WEIGHT
(mm) QUANTITY RIGHT LEFT
(kg)
BEAM WIDTH BEAM HEIGHT PACK WEIGHT
PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE 170 x 30 x 30 9.8 100 D-SP-170P D-SP-170L
(mm) (mm) (kg)
30 100 7.5 25 D-WD-310 210 x 30 x 30 6.6 50 D-SP-210P D-SP-210L

30 120 9.0 25 D-WD-312 250 x 30 x 30 8.3 50 D-SP-250P D-SP-250L
30 150 10.4 25 D-WD-315 290 x 30 x 30 4.1 20 D-SP-290P D-SP-290L
330 x 40 x 40 4.7 20 D-SP-330P D-SP-330L
370 x 40 x 40 5.4 20 D-SP-370P D-SP-370L

WOOD CONNECTORS
Universal Rafter Twist Straps D-SP Tie Plates
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm
- electro galvanized - 8 m. - electro galvanized - 8 m.
HANGER DIMENSION PACK WEIGHT PACK

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
170 x 35 x 35 8.3 100 D-SP-170 DIMENSION (W x L) PACK WEIGHT PACK

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
210 x 35 x 35 6.3 50 D-SP-210
40 x 100 5,7 100 D-PP-410
250 x 35 x 35 8.2 50 D-SP-250 40 x 120 6,9 100 D-PP-412
40 x 160 9,2 100 D-PP-416
40 x 200 11,5 100 D-PP-420
40 x 300 8,8 50 D-PP-430
60 x 100 4,4 50 D-PP-610
60 x 120 5,2 50 D-PP-612
60 x 140 6,0 50 D-PP-614
Strap Ties Plus D-LP 60 x 160 7,0 50 D-PP-616
60 x 200 8,7 50 D-PP-620
MATERIAL: 60 x 240 10,4 50 D-PP-624
Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm 60 x 300 13,0 50 D-PP-630
80 x 160 9,6 50 D-PP-816
80 x 200 6,0 25 D-PP-820
80 x 240 7,0 25 D-PP-824
80 x 260 7,6 25 D-PP-826
80 x 300 8,8 25 D-PP-830
80 x 400 9,7 20 D-PP-840
100 x 100 7,2 50 D-PP-1010
100 x 120 8,6 50 D-PP-1012
100 x 140 5,0 25 D-PP-1014
100 x 160 6,0 25 D-PP-1016
100 x 200 7,2 25 D-PP-1020
100 x 240 8,8 25 D-PP-1024
100 x 260 9,4 25 D-PP-1026
DIMENSION (W x L) PACK WEIGHT PACK
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY 100 x 300 10,8 25 D-PP-1030
35 x 100 5.5 100 D-LP-310 100 x 400 11,6 20 D-PP-1040
55 x 140 6.7 50 D-LP-514 100 x 500 14,9 20 D-PP-1050
40 x 180 6.9 50 D-LP-418 120 x 140 6,1 25 D-PP-1214
65 x 180 9.6 50 D-LP-618 120 x 160 7,0 25 D-PP-1216
90 x 195 8.6 25 D-LP-919 120 x 200 8,8 25 D-PP-1220
120 x 240 10,4 25 D-PP-1224
120 x 260 11,3 25 D-PP-1226
120 x 300 13,0 25 D-PP-1230
140 x 400 8,3 10 D-PP-1440

WOOD CONNECTORS
Strap Ties D-LW Strap Ties Plus D-LWG
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 4.0 mm - Sheet steel - hot dip galvanized.
electro galvanized - 8 m.
STRAP TIES STRAP TIES

PACK DIMENSION (T x L x W) PACK WEIGHT PACK
THICKNESS DIMENSION PRODUCT CODE PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY (mm) (kg) QUANTITY
(mm) (mm)
40 x 15 100 D-LW-40 2.5 x 170 x 30 5.0 50 D-LWG-170
50 x 15 100 D-LW-50 4.0 x 195 x 35 10.2 50 D-LWG-195
2,0
75 x 15 100 D-LW-75
100 x 15 50 D-LW-100
150 x 20 50 D-LW-150
4,0 190 x 20 50 D-LW-190
240 x 20 50 D-LW-240
Perforated Angle Brackets Plus D-LA Perforated Angle Brackets EXTREME
MATERIAL:
MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 4.0 mm -
Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 8
electro galvanized - 8 m.
m.
ANGLE PACK PACK

ANGLE DIMENSION PACK ANGLE DIMENSION PACK
THICKNESS WEIGHT PRODUCT CODE WEIGHT PRODUCT CODE
(mm) QUANTITY (mm) QUANTITY
(mm) (kg) (kg)
40 x 200 3,4 25 D-LA-422 40 x 300 9,8 25 D-LX-434

2,0 40 x 300 4,9 25 D-LA-432 40 x 400 12,7 25 D-LX-444
40 x 400 6,4 25 D-LA-442
40 x 200 4,6 25 D-LA-423
3,0
40 x 300 6,1 25 D-LA-433

WOOD CONNECTORS
Coiled Strapping D-BP Perforated Angle Isosceles Brackets
D-KF, D-KP
MATERIAL:
MATERIAL:
Sheet steel - electro galvanized
Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 8
- 8 m.
m.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Perforated Angle Isosceles Brackets D-KF

5. ANGLE
ANGLE DIMENSION PACK WEIGHT PACK
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
(mm)
2.0 40 x 40 x 40 4,2 100 D-KF-444
2.0 40 x 40 x 60 6,5 100 D-KF-446
2.0 40 x 40 x 80 9,8 100 D-KF-448
2.0 40 x 40 x 100 5,3 50 D-KF-4410
2.0 40 x 40 x 150 7,9 50 D-KF-4415
2.0 60 x 60 x 40 6,9 100 D-KF-664
2.0 60 x 60 x 50 4,2 50 D-KF-665
2.0 60 x 60 x 60 4,9 50 D-KF-666
2.0 60 x 60 x 80 7,4 50 D-KF-668
STRAP 2.0 80 x 80 x 40 5 50 D-KF-884
THICKNESS WIDTH LENGTH QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
TYPE 2.0 80 x 80 x 60 6,6 50 D-KF-886
(mm) (mm) (m)
2.0 80 x 80 x 80 4,4 25 D-KF-888
1 12 10 1 D-BP-1210D
0.8 2.0 100 x 100 x 40 6,2 50 D-KF-114
3 25 25 1 D-BP-2525D 2.0 100 x 100 x 60 8,5 50 D-KF-116
2 20 10 1 D-BP-2010C 2.0 100 x 100 x 80 5,7 25 D-KF-118
0.8
2 20 25 1 D-BP-2025C 2.0 100 x 100 x 100 7,3 25 D-KF-1110
2.0 100 x 100 x 120 7,4 20 D-KF-1112
2 20 10 1 D-BP-2010B
1.5 2.0 100 x 100 x 140 8,5 20 D-KF-1114
2 20 25 1 D-BP-2025B
3 25 25 1 D-BP-2525A
Perforated Angle Isosceles Brackets D-KP
4 40 10 1 D-BP-4010A
ANGLE
4 2.0 40 25 1 D-BP-4025A THICKNESS
ANGLE DIMENSION PACK WEIGHT PACK
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
(mm)
4 40 50 1 D-BP-4050A
2.5 40 x 40 x 40 5,2 100 D-KP-444
5 60 50 1 D-BP-6050A
2.5 40 x 40 x 60 8,1 100 D-KP-446
2.5 40 x 40 x 80 12,3 100 D-KP-448
2.5 40 x 40 x 100 6,6 50 D-KP-4410
Strap Tensioner 2.5 40 x 40 x 150 9,9 50 D-KP-4415
2.5 60 x 60 x 40 8,6 100 D-KP-664
2.5 60 x 60 x 50 5,2 50 D-KP-665
2.5 60 x 60 x 60 6,1 50 D-KP-666
2.5 60 x 60 x 80 9,3 50 D-KP-668
2.5 60 x 60 x 100 10,3 50 D-KP-6610
2.5 80 x 80 x 40 6,3 50 D-KP-884
2.5 80 x 80 x 60 8,3 50 D-KP-886
2.5 80 x 80 x 80 5,5 25 D-KP-888
2.5 80 x 80 x100 7,7 25 D-KP-8810
2.5 80 x 80 x 120 9,3 25 D-KP-8812
2.5 100 x 100 x 40 7,8 50 D-KP-114
2.5 100 x 100 x 60 10,6 50 D-KP-116
WIDTH/THREAD WEIGHT 2.5 100 x 100 x 80 7,1 25 D-KP-118
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) 2.5 100 x 100 x 100 9,1 25 D-KP-1110
30 / M12 0,27 D-W-2040 2.5 100 x 100 x 120 9,2 20 D-KP-1112
40 / M16 0,56 D-W-4060 2.5 100 x 100 x 140 10,6 20 D-KP-1114

WOOD CONNECTORS
Angle Brackets Plus D-ZN Angle Brackets Plus D-ZK
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 2.5 mm Sheet steel - electro galvanized
- electro galvanized - 8 m. - 8 m.
BRACKET
BRACKET DIMENSION PACK WEIGHT PACK
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
(mm
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
PRODUCT CODE 50 x 50 x 35 8,2 150 D-ZK-553
2,5 70 x 70 x 55 6,9 50 D-ZK-70
40 x 160 x 40 8,5 50 D-ZN-4164
90 x 90 x 65 9,7 50 D-ZK-90
40 x 120 x 40 12,2 100 D-ZN-4124
60 x 60 x 45 5,0 50 D-ZK-60
40 x 90 x 40 9,2 100 D-ZN-4904
3,0 90 x 90 x 40 8,0 50 D-ZK-994
50 x 90 x 50 10,2 100 D-ZN-5905 105 x 105 x 90 9,3 25 D-ZK-105
60 x 35 x 60 9,0 100 D-ZN-6356
60 x 90 x 60 6,2 50 D-ZN-6906 Reinforced with Gusset
80 x 60 x 40 6,4 50 D-ZN-8604 BRACKET
90 x 120 x 40 8,6 50 D-ZN-9124 (mm
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
70 x 70 x 55 6,9 50 D-ZK-70WZ/2
2,5 90 x 90 x 65 9,7 50 D-ZK-90WZ/2
105 x 105 x 90 9,3 25 D-ZK-105WZ/2
70 x 70 x 55 6,9 50 D-ZK-70WZ
3,0 90 x 90 x 65 9,7 50 D-ZK-90WZ
Angle Brackets 135o Plus D-ZS

105 x 105 x 90 9,3 25 D-ZK-105WZ
MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 4.0 mm
Adjustable Angle Bracket D-ZKR
MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
BRACET DIMENSION PACK WEIGHT PACK
PRODUCT CODE
50 x 50 x 35 3,4 50 D-ZS-553 (mm) (kg) QUANTITY
90 x 90 x 40 8,0 50 D-ZS-994 60 x 30 x 60 3,1 50 D-ZKR-636

70 x 70 x 55 6,9 50 D-ZS-775 60 x 40 x 60 5,0 50 D-ZKR-646
90 x 90 x 65 9,7 50 D-ZS-996 80 x 50 x 30 4,6 100 D-ZKR-853
105 x 105 x 90 7,9 25 D-ZS-119 80 x 65 x 20 3,9 50 D-ZKR-862

WOOD
WOOD CONNECTORS
CONNECTORS
Angle Beam Brackets Angle Beam Brackets Type Heavy D-MK
Type Light D-MI
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm Sheet steel of thickness 5.0 mm
- electro galvanized - 8 m. - hot dip galvanized.

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
PRODUCT CODE
25 x 25 x 15 0,8 100 D-MI-2215 (mm) (kg) QUANTITY
30 x 30 x 15 1,0 100 D-MI-3315 80 x 80 x 20 1,6 20 D-MK-085

40 x 40 x 15 1,2 100 D-MI-4415 100 x 100 x 20 2,0 20 D-MK-105
50 x 50 x 15 1,5 100 D-MI-5515 120 x 120 x 20 2,4 20 D-MK-125
60 x 60 x 20 2,4 100 D-MI-6620 140 x 140 x 20 2,8 20 D-MK-145
80 x 80 x 20 3,2 100 D-MI-8820 160 x 160 x 20 3,2 20 D-MK-165
100 x 100 x 20 4,0 100 D-MI-1120 180 x 180 x 20 3,6 20 D-MK-185
Angle Beam Brackets D-KB Angle Beam Brackets Type D-MS

MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Sheet steel - electro galvanized Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm
- 8 m. - electro galvanized - 8 m.

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
BRACKET 30 x 30 x 30 x 2 2,7 100 D-MS-333

(mm) (kg) QUANTITY 40 x 40 x 40 x 2 4,9 100 D-MS-444
(mm
2.5 100 x 75 x 30 5,0 50 D-KB-1075 60 x 60 x 60 x 2 5,6 50 D-MS-666

100 x 50 x 50 8,8 40 D-KB-105
4.0
120 x 80 x 35 4,1 20 D-KB-1280
5,0 180 x 120 x 40 11,2 25 D-KB-1812

WOOD CONNECTORS
Universal Angle Brackets D-ZU L Shaped Strap Ties D-KN
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm Sheet steel - electro galvanized
- electro galvanized - 8 m. - 8 m.

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
THICKNESS BRACKET DIMENSION PACK WEIGHT PACK
PRODUCT CODE
30 x 30 x 25 3,1 200 D-ZU-3325 (mm (mm) (kg) QUANTITY
40 x 40 x 25 3,6 200 D-ZU-4425 50 x 50 x 10 1,3 100 D-KN-50

50 x 50 x 25 4,9 200 D-ZU-5525 60 x 60 x 10 1,6 100 D-KN-60
2.0
60 x 60 x 25 4,0 100 D-ZU-6625 75 x 75 x 12 2,5 100 D-KN-75
50 x 50 x 30 3,9 100 D-ZU-5530 100 x 100 x 15 4,2 100 D-KN-100
50 x 70 x 30 4,4 100 D-ZU-5730 2.5 150 x 150 x 25 7,0 50 D-KN-150
200 x 200 x 31 13,1 50 D-KN-200
3.0
250 x 250 x 31 8,35 25 D-KN-250
4.0 300 x 300 x 41 17,9 25 D-KN-300
Angle Connector T Shaped Strap Ties
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm
- hot dip galvanized. - electro galvanized - 8 m.
DIMENSION PACK WEIGHT PACK

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
120X40X40X2 5,8 50 D-KG 1244
STRAP TIES DIMENSION PACK WEIGHT PACK

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
70 x 50 x 16 1,2 50 D-T-7050

WOOD
WOOD CONNECTORS
CONNECTORS
Joist Connector Buffer Roong Strut
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Sheet steel - hot dip galvanized. Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 8 m
DIMENSION PACK
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) QUANTITY
50 x 55 x 1.5 / 7,0 x 210 10 D-PD-210

LENGTH PACK
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) QUANTITY 50 x 55 x 1.5 / 7,5 x 260 10 D-PD-260
250 10 D-KL-250 50 x 55 x 1.5 / 8,0 x 310 10 D-PD-310
Toothed Plate Connectors Ring Shank Timber Nails
MATERIAL:
MATERIAL:
Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 12 m
Sheet steel - electro galvanized
- 8 m
DIAMETER LENGTH PRODUCT CODE

One-sided (mm) (mm) 1 KG PACK 1 KG PACK
4.0 35 D-I-435 D-I-435-5

4.0 40 D-I-440 D-I-440-5
4.0 50 D-I-450 D-I-450-5
4.0 60 D-I-460 D-I-460-5
4.0 75 D-I-475 D-I-475-5
OUTER INNER SHEET PACK
PACK
DIAMETER DIAMETER THICKNESS WEIGHT PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
QUANTITY 4.0 100 D-I-4100 D-I-4100-5
48 17 1.0 2.1 200 D-DD-48 4.0 125 D-I-4125 D-I-4125-5
62 21 1.2 3.3 200 D-DD-62

75 26 1.25 4.9 100 D-DD-75
Double-sided
OUTER INNER SHEET PACK

PACK
DIAMETER DIAMETER THICKNESS WEIGHT PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY
(mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
48 17 1.0 2.1 300 D-ED-48

62 21 1.2 3.3 100 D-ED-62
75 26 1.25 4.9 100 D-ED-75

POST BASE
Post Base with Foot D-TB Post Base with Foot D-TG
A
MATERIAL:
MATERIAL: Post grip: Sheet steel
Post grip: Sheet steel of thickness 5.0 mm
of thickness 2,0 mm Feet: Sheet steel
Feet: Sheet steel of thickness 6.0 mm
of thickness 5,0 mm - hot dip galvanized.
- hot dip galvanized. L
L
POST WIDTH GxAxL PACK

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) QUANTITY
70 6 x 60 x 200 1 D-TG-716
80 6 x 60 x 200 1 D-TG-816
POST DIMENSION
A
L PACK
PRODUCT CODE
90 6 x 60 x 200 1 D-TG-916
(mm) QUANTITY
(mm)
100 6 x 60 x 200 1 D-TG-1016
71 x 71 100 1 D-TB-71
110 6 x 60 x 200 1 D-TG-1116
81 x 81 100 1 D-TB-81
120 6 x 60 x 200 1 D-TG-1216
91 x 91 100 1 D-TB-91
Cast-In Post Base

Post Base with Foot D-TB with H-type Foot D-TH
MATERIAL:
MATERIAL: Sheet steel 5.0 mm x 50 mm
Post grip: Sheet steel - hot dip galvanized.
of thickness 2.0 mm
Feet: Sheet steel
of thickness 5.0 mm
- hot dip galvanized.
POST WIDTH PACK

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) QUANTITY
70 1 D-TH-716
80 1 D-TH-816
POST WIDTH PACK
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) QUANTITY 90 1 D-TH-916
70 1 D-TU-71 100 1 D-TH-1016
80 1 D-TU-81 110 1 D-TH-1116
90 1 D-TU-91 115 1 D-TH-1166
100 1 D-TU-101 120 1 D-TH-1216
120 1 D-TU-121 140 1 D-TH-1416

POST BASE
Post Base Post Base
with Reinforcement Bars D-TA with Reinforcement Bars D-TL
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Post grip: Sheet steel 5.0 Post grip: Sheet steel
mm x 50 mm of thickness 5.0 mm.
Feet: Embedment rod Feet: Embedment rod
- hot dip galvanized. - hot dip galvanized.
L L
POST WIDTH L PACK POST WIDTH L PACK

PRODUCT CODE PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) QUANTITY (mm) (mm) QUANTITY
100 200 1 D-TA-200 80 200 1 D-TL-808
Post Base
with Reinforcement Bars D-TC Cast-In Post Base with T-bar D-TE
MATERIAL: MATERIAL:
Post grip: Sheet steel 5.0 Post grip: Sheet steel 5.0
mm x 50 mm mm x 50 mm
Feet: Embedment rod T-bar: 40 x 40 x 200 mm
- hot dip galvanized. - hot dip galvanized.
POST WIDTH L PACK

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) QUANTITY
POST WIDTH PACK
70 1 D-TC-716 PRODUCT CODE
(mm) QUANTITY
80 1 D-TC-816 70 1 D-TE-715
90 1 D-TC-916 90 1 D-TE-915
100 200 1 D-TC-1016 100 1 D-TE-1015
110 1 D-TC-1116 120 1 D-TE-1215
120 1 D-TC-1216
140 1 D-TC-1416

POST BASE/ACCESORIES
Post Base For Hammering Gate Post Finials
MATERIAL:
Sheet steel thickness 1.5 mm -
hot dip galvanized.
POST DIMENSION PACK PRODUCT CODE

(mm) QUANTITY SQUARE ROUND
71 x 71 10 D-TK-71 D-TK-71O
91 x 91 10 D-TK-91 D-TK-91O
Square Socket MATERIAL:

Cooper sheet thickness 1.5 mm.
A L WEIGHT OF 1 PCS PACK
PRODUCT CODE
50 x 50 750 13.0 1 D-TD-5175 PRODUCT CODE

POST DIMENSION PACK
70 x 70 750 13.2 1 D-TD-7175 (mm) QUANTITY SQUARE ROUND
70 x 70 900 13.5 1 D-TD-7190 71 x 71 10 D-TKM-71 D-TKM-71O

90 x 90 750 13.3 1 D-TD-9175 91 x 91 10 D-TKM-91 D-TKM-91O
90 x 90 900 13.8 1 D-TD-9190
100 x 100 750 14.3 1 D-TD-1075
100 x 100 900 14.3 1 D-TD-1090
120 x 120 900 14.3 1 D-TD-1290
Pergola Bracket D-OP

Round Socket
MATERIAL:
A L WEIGHT OF 1 PCS PACK
PRODUCT CODE Sheet steel thickness 2.0 mm -
electro galvanized - 8 m
80 750 13.5 1 D-TDO-8175
80 900 13.5 1 D-TDO-8190
100 750 14.3 1 D-TDO-1075
100 900 14.3 1 D-TDO-1090

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (kg) QUANTITY
31 x 30 x 37 1.8 50 D-OP- 333

SHELF BRACKETS
Shelf Brackets
Painted in White Painted in Brown

BRACKET BRACKET
PACK PACK
DIMENSION PRODUCT CODE DIMENSION PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY QUANTITY
(mm) (mm)
100 x 75 24 D-WT-1075 100 x 75 24 D-WT-1075BR
125 x 100 24 D-WT-1210 125 x 100 24 D-WT-1210BR
150 x 125 24 D-WT-1512 150 x 125 24 D-WT-1512BR
200 x 150 24 D-WT-2015 200 x 150 24 D-WT-2015BR
250 x 200 24 D-WT-2520 250 x 200 24 D-WT-2520BR
300 x 250 24 D-WT-3025 300 x 250 24 D-WT-3025BR
350 x 300 24 D-WT-3530 350 x 300 24 D-WT-3530BR
400 x 350 24 D-WT-4035 400 x 350 24 D-WT-4035BR
Painted in Grey Painted in Silver

BRACKET BRACKET
PACK PACK
QUANTITY QUANTITY
(mm) (mm)
100 x 75 24 D-WT-1075SR 100 x 75 24 D-WT-1075S
125 x 100 24 D-WT-1210SR 125 x 100 24 D-WT-1210S
150 x 125 24 D-WT-1512SR 150 x 125 24 D-WT-1512S
200 x 150 24 D-WT-2015SR 200 x 150 24 D-WT-2015S
250 x 200 24 D-WT-2520SR 250 x 200 24 D-WT-2520S
300 x 250 24 D-WT-3025SR 300 x 250 24 D-WT-3025S
350 x 300 24 D-WT-3530SR 350 x 300 24 D-WT-3530S
400 x 350 24 D-WT-4035SR 400 x 350 24 D-WT-4035S
Shelf Brackets Reinforced
Painted in White Painted in Black

BRACKET BRACKET
PACK PACK
QUANTITY QUANTITY
(mm) (mm)
30 x 30 100 D-WW-0303W 30 x 30 100 D-WW-0303B
50 x 50 100 D-WW-0505W 50 x 50 100 D-WW-0505B
70 x 70 50 D-WW-0707W 70 x 70 50 D-WW-0707B
100 x 100 50 D-WW-1010W 100 x 100 50 D-WW-1010B
125 x 125 25 D-WW-1212W 125 x 125 25 D-WW-1212B
150 x 125 25 D-WW-1512W 150 x 125 25 D-WW-1512B
200 x 150 20 D-WW-2015W 200 x 150 20 D-WW-2015B
Painted in Silver
BRACKET
PACK
DIMENSION PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY
(mm)
30 x 30 100 D-WW-0303
50 x 50 100 D-WW-0505
70 x 70 50 D-WW-0707
100 x 100 50 D-WW-1010
125 x 125 25 D-WW-1212
150 x 125 25 D-WW-1512
200 x 150 20 D-WW-2015

SHELF BRACKETS
Decorative Brackets
Painted in White Painted in Black Epoxy
BRACKET DIMENSION QUANTITY BRACKET DIMENSION QUANTITY

(mm) PACK OUTER (mm) PACK OUTER
115 x 115 x 13 x 3 12 144 D-WDB-115W 115 x 115 x 13 x 3 12 144 D-WDB-115B

Painted in Patina Brass
BRACKET DIMENSION QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK OUTER
145 x 110 x 25 x 3 12 144 D-WDB-1410

190 x 140 x 25 x 3 12 96 D-WDB-1914
240 x 190 x 30 x 4 12 72 D-WDB-2419
290 x 240 x 30 x 4 12 72 D-WDB-2924
Folding brackets
Isoscales - Painted in White Non-isoscales - Painted in White

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK OUTER
150 x 150 x 22 x 1.5 24 144 D-WFB-150W PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK OUTER
200 x 200 x 22 x 1.5 24 144 D-WFB-200W 300 x 160 x 20 x 2 10 50 D-WFB-300W

250 x 250 x 26 x 1.5 24 96 D-WFB-250W 400 x 220 x 20 x 2 10 50 D-WFB-4 00W

SHELF BRACKETS
Light Duty Brackets
Painted in White Painted in Brown

150 x 125 x 1.2 10 200 D-WLB-1512W 150 x 125 x 1.2 10 200 D-WLB-1512BR
Painted in Black

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK OUTER
150 x 125 x 1.2 10 200 D-WLB-1512B

200 x 150 x 1.2 10 120 D-WLB-2015B
250 x 200 x 1.5 10 70 D-WLB-2520B
300 x 250 x 1.5 10 50 D-WLB-3025B
Heavy Duty Brackets

Painted in White Painted in Silver

300 x 200 x 30 x 4 6 36 D-WHB-300W 300 x 200 x 30 x 4 6 36 D-WHB-300SR


LATCHES & HINGES
Flat Bar Latch Garden Latch
LATCH DIMENSION QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
80 x 30 x 3.0 10 D-ZP-080
100 x 45 x 5.0 10 D-ZP-100
120 x 45 x 5.0 10 D-ZP-120 LATCH DIMENSION QUANTITY
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
140 x 55 x 5.0 10 D-ZP-140
160 x 55 x 5.0 10 D-ZP-160 80 x 60 x 4.0 5 D-ZO-80
180 x 65 x 5.0 10 D-ZP-180
Gate Latch
Locking Flat Bar Latch

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
440 x 70 x 8.0 5 D-ZBR-440
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
80 x 28 x 3.0 10 D-ZZ-080
100 x 45 x 5.0 10 D-ZZ-100 Locking Hinge Latch
120 x 45 x 5.0 10 D-ZZ-120
140 x 55 x 5.0 10 D-ZZ-140
160 x 55 x 5.0 10 D-ZZ-160
180 x 65 x 5.0 10 D-ZZ-180

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
100 x 50 x 100 x 3.0 10 D-ZA-105
Curved Bar Latch
Locking Gate Hinge

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
120 x 45 x 5.0 10 D-ZW-120
140 x 55 x 5.0 10 D-ZW-140
HINGE DIMENSION QUANTITY
160 x 55 x 6.0 10 D-ZW-160 PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
180 x 65 x 6.0 10 D-ZW-180 200 x 95 x 2.5 10 D-ZB-209
250 x 95 x 2.5 10 D-ZB-259
300 x 95 x 2.5 10 D-ZB-309
Rolling Latch Locking Straight Hinge
LATCH DIMENSION QUANTITY HINGE DIMENSION QUANTITY

(mm) PACK (mm) PACK
60 x 70 x 8.0 5 D-ZR-160 200 x 95 x 2.5 10 D-ZC-209

LATCHES & HINGES
Construction Hinge French Hinge

PRODUCT CODE
LATCH DIMENSION QUANTITY (mm) PACK
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK 200 x 33 x 2.5 10 D-ZF-200
50 x 25 x 2.5 30 D-ZD-5025 250 x 38 x 2.5 10 D-ZF-250
100 x 25 x 2.5 30 D-ZD-1025 300 x 38 x 2.5 10 D-ZF-300
100 x 35 x 2.5 30 D-ZD-1035
100 x 50 x 2.5 30 D-ZD-1050
150 x 50 x 2.5 30 D-ZD-1550
200 x 50 x 2.5 30 D-ZD-2050 Gate Hinge
250 x 50 x 2.5 30 D-ZD-2550
300 x 55 x 2.5 10 D-ZD-300
350 x 55 x 2.5 10 D-ZD-350
400 x 55 x 2.5 10 D-ZD-400
500 x 55 x 2.5 10 D-ZD-500
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
200 x 80 x 50 x 2.5 10 D-ZH-203
250 x 80 x 50 x 2.5 10 D-ZH-253
300 x 80 x 50 x 2.5 10 D-ZH-303
400 x 100 x 65 x 2.5 10 D-ZH-403
300 x 130 x 65 x 4.0 10 D-ZH-304
Triangular Hinge 400 x 130 x 65 x 4.0 10 D-ZH-404
500 x 130 x 75 x 4.0 10 D-ZH-504
600 x 130 x 75 x 4.0 10 D-ZH-604
Belt Hinge
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
100 x 65 x 2.0 10 D-ZE-100
125 x 80 x 2.0 10 D-ZE-125
150 x 80 x 2.0 10 D-ZE-150 (mm) PACK
PRODUCT CODE
300 x 30 x 3.0 / 10 10 D-ZI-310

400 x 30 x 3.0 / 10 10 D-ZI-410
300 x 40 x 5.0 / 13 10 D-ZI-313
400 x 40 x 5.0 / 13 10 D-ZI-413
500 x 40 x 5.0 / 13 10 D-ZI-513
600 x 40 x 5.0 / 13 10 D-ZI-613
500 x 45 x 6.0 / 16 10 D-ZI-516
600 x 45 x 6.0 / 16 10 D-ZI-616
Gate Hinge 800 x 45 x 6.0 / 16 10 D-ZI-816
Gusset Hinges

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
200 x 50 x 90 x 35 x 3.0 10 D-ZG-203
250 x 45 x 90 x 35 x 3.0 10 D-ZG-253
300 x 45 x 90 x 35 x 3.0 10 D-ZG-303
350 x 45 x 90 x 35 x 3.0 10 D-ZG-353
400 x 45 x 90 x 35 x 3.0 10 D-ZG-403
300 x 65 x 110 x 40 x 4.0 10 D-ZG-304
400 x 65 x 110 x 40 x 4.0 10 D-ZG-404
500 x 65 x 110 x 40 x 4.0 10 D-ZG-504 PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
600 x 65 x 110 x 40 x 4.0 10 D-ZG-604 250 x 200 x 3.0 / 13 1 D-ZL-250

LATCHES & HINGES
Frame Hinge Shutter Latch

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
165 x 100 x 3. 0 / 13 10 D-ZMA-165 LATCH DIMENSION QUANTITY
PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
120 x 65 x 4.0 5 D-ZPO-120
140 x 65 x 4.0 5 D-ZPO-140
Straight Frame Hinge Decorative Shutter Latch

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
(mm) PACK
PRODUCT CODE 60 2 D-ZCO-60
200 x 90 x 3.0 / 13 10 D-ZM-200 95 2 D-ZCO-95
Hinge Pin Butt Hinge
LATCH DIMENSION QUANTITY LATCH DIMENSION QUANTITY

(mm) PACK (mm) PACK
10 / 18 10 D-UC-1018 25 x 40 x 1.0 100 D-Z-25
13 / 19 10 D-UC-1319 30 x 40 x 1.0 100 D-Z-30
16 / 24 10 D-UC-1624 35 x 40 x 1.0 100 D-Z-35
10 / 32 10 D-UC-1032 40 x 40 x 1.0 100 D-Z-40
13 / 32 10 D-UC-1332 50 x 40 x 1.0 100 D-Z-50
16 / 34 10 D-UC-1634 60 x 40 x 1.0 100 D-Z-60
70 x 40 x 1.0 100 D-Z-70
90 x 90 x 3.0 10 D-Z-90
Hinge Pin - Cast In

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) PACK
13 10 D-UCM-13
16 10 D-UCM-16

WINDOW SCREWS
FOR PLASTIC AND SHEET METAL
Product Information
SELF-DRILLING WINDOW SCREWS WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD WITH SELF-TAPPING FINE THREAD ZINC-PLATED
APPLICATION
For plastics and sheet metal.
MATERIAL
Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated min. 6 m.
PROPERTIES
e Milling ribs under head for stressfree embedment,
e Drilling capacity (drill tip) 2,5mm,
e Countersunk Head Philips2.
SCREW SIZE QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) BOX OUTER
3.9 x 13 1000 24000 KS-3913

3.9 x 16 1000 24000 KS-3916
3.9 x 19 1000 24000 KS-3919
3.9 x 25 1000 24000 KS-3925
3.9 x 32 500 12000 KS-3932
3.9 x 38 500 6000 KS-3938
WINDOW FITTING SCREWS WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD WITH SELF-TAPPING COARSE THREAD ZINC-PLATED
APPLICATION
For plastics.
MATERIAL
PROPERTIS
e Countersunk Head Philips2.
SCREW SIZE QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) BOX OUTER
4.0 x 16 1000 24000 KR-4016

4.0 x 19 1000 24000 KR-4019
4.0 x 22 1000 24000 KR-4022
4.0 x 25 1000 24000 KR-4025
4.0 x 30 500 12000 KR-4030
4.0 x 35 500 12000 KR-4035
4.0 x 40 500 6000 KR-4040
4.0 x 45 500 6000 KR-4045
4.0 x 55 500 6000 KR-4055

WAFER HEAD SCREWS
Product Information
WAFER HEAD SCREWS ELECTRO ZINC PLATED
APPLICATION
for thin sheet metal, plastics and timber.
MATERIAL
low carbon steel, electro zinc plated min. 6 m.
PROPERTIES
e Washer head 11 diameter mm with PH2 recess.
SCREW SIZE QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) BOX OUTER
4,2 x 13 1000 24000 WF-4213

4,2 x 16 1000 24000 WF-4216
4,2 x 19 500 12000 WF-4219
4,2 x 22 500 12000 WF-4222
4,2 x 25 500 12000 WF-4225
4,2 x 32 500 12000 WF-4232
4,2 x 40 500 6000 WF-4240
4,2 x 52 500 6000 WF-4252
4,2 x 52 250 3000 WF-4265
4,2 x 75 250 3000 WF-4275
WAFER HEAD SELF DRILLING SCREWS ELECTRO ZINC PLATED
APPLICATION
for thin sheet metal, plastics and timber.
MATERIAL
low carbon steel, electro zinc plated min. 6 m.
PROPERTIES
e Washer head 11 diameter mm with PH2 recess.
e Drilling capacity (drill tip length) 2,0 mm.
SCREW SIZE QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) BOX OUTER
4,2 x 13 1000 24000 WFS-4213

4,2 x 16 1000 24000 WFS-4216
4,2 x 19 500 12000 WFS-4219
4,2 x 22 500 12000 WFS-4222
4,2 x 25 500 12000 WFS-4225

CHIPBOARD SCREWS
FOR TIMBER, CHIPBOARD, PLASTICS
Product Information
CHIPBOARD SCREWS WITH CROSS-SLOT ON THE THREAD
APPLICATION
For screwing into chipboard, timber, plastics with no pre-drilling.
MATERIAL
PROPERTIES
e Milling cross notches on the thread ease installation (easy screwing
through cutting into even very hard materials),
QUANTITY QUANTITY
SCREW SIZE SCREW HEAD DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE SCREW SIZE DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE
BOX OUTER BOX OUTER
2.5 x 16 Pozidrive1 Full Thread 200 9600 UC-2516 5.0 x 20 Pozidrive2 Full Thread 200 9600 UC-5020
3.0 x 35 Pozidrive1 Full Thread 200 9600 UC-3035 5.0 x 60 Pozidrive2 Partial Thread 100 2400 UC-5060
4.0 x 60 Pozidrive2 Partial Thread 200 4800 UC-4060 6.0 x 180 Pozidrive3 Partial Thread 100 1200 UC-6180
4.0 x 70 Pozidrive2 Partial Thread 200 3600 UC-4070 6.0 x 200 Pozidrive3 Partial Thread 100 1200 UC-6200
4.0 x 80 Pozidrive2 Partial Thread 200 2400 UC-4080
4.5 x 16 Pozidrive2 Full Thread 200 9600 UC-4516

MASONRY NAILS
FOR MASONRY
Product Information
DESCRIPTION
Fast, penetrating and virtually shatterproof.
e Suitable for a wide range of fixtures
into masonry including battering SUITABLE FOR USE IN:

& boarding. Masonry.
FEATURES
1. Head shape prevents hammer slide and gives a neat flush fixing.
2. Zinc plated.
3. Special heat treatment to provide required hardness.
4. Washer version for increased clamping force.
5. Point shape minimises timber splitting.
Masonry Nails
NAIL DIMMENSION BOX PACK

OPTIONS QUANTITY
(mm) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
2.5 x 25 Without Washer 40 04-102 MNL-25025-10/40

2.5 x 25 Without Washer 100 04-002 MNL-25025
3.7 x 25 With Washer 100 04-044 MNL-W-37025
Installation
1. Place nail in position and Always wear suitable

hammer in. eye protection to
BS EN166.

PLUG & REPAIR / FIX & FORGET
Product Information
Plug & Repair
Quick-setting epoxy putty provides 1. Tear-off epoxy resin strip.
e Fills and plugs uneven holes
secure fixing in damaged or 2. Mixes in seconds by hand.
e Correcting badly drilled
uneven holes. 3. Can be sanded, drilled or filed,
holes for fixings
to a white finish, when hard.
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: 4. Hardens in 15-20 minutes.
Wood, Brickwork, Plastic, Metal & Accepts standard woodscrew.
Plasterboard.
PACK
DESCRIPTION
PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
18 cm TAPE 13-002 PAR-18

60 cm TAPE 13-010 PAR-60
How to use
1. Ensure all surfaces are clean pigment fades to white (wetting insert a screw, driving it firmly
and free from grease and dust. fingers improves workability). home.
2. Remove protective film and break 4. Apply firmly to repair area and 6. Plug & Repair can be drilled,
off a strip of Plug & Repair. In hot create a pilot hole (approx. 3mm sanded or filed after 30 minutes.
weather run under cold water to deep) with a screw to ensure Wear suitable
ease removal of plastic film. accurate location of the fixture. protective gloves.
3. Mix by hand, folding, twisting and 5. After 15-20 minutes, position the
kneading thoroughly until blue fixture and, using a screwdriver,
Product Information
Fix & Forget
Works on virtually any material. 1. Fast and easy to use putty. Sets
e Repairing damaged screw
steel hard in minutes. Even sets
holes
WRC approved for use with under water.
e Repairs to plastic or metal
drinking water. 2. Provides a permanent repair,
pipes, baths, sinks and
which is waterproof, heat
water tanks SUITABLE FOR USE IN: resistant, and electrically
e Repair for gutters, boats,
Wood, Brickwork, Plastic, Metal, insulating.
caravans, plastic garden Plasterboard and Fibreglass. 3. Can be drilled, tapped, filed,
furniture etc.
screwed, sawn, sanded, painted
and machined.
PACK
DESCRIPTION
12 cm STICK 13-200 PAR-FIX
How to use
1. Ensure all surfaces are clean and free from until the colour changes to an even white.
grease and dust. 4. Apply firmly to the repair area. Clean off
2. Cut off the required amount to fill hole, using surplus material using a wet knife. Allow an
scissors or a sharp knife. Peel off protective hour to cure. Wear suitable
wrapping. 5. Fix & Forget can then be sawn, drilled, sanded, protective gloves.
3. Mix by hand, wearing protective gloves, screwed, carved and painted.
folding twisting and kneading thoroughly

PLASTIC WOOD/FLOOR FILLER
Product Information
Plastic Wood
DESCRIPTION e Accepts screws and nails.

For minor repairs to wood, inside e Available in a comprehensive
e Furniture and frames
and outside. range of popular wood shades
e Filling cracks or chips in timber
to match natural timber.
e Repairing skirting boards and
FEATURES e Solvent free, low odour.
decorative woodwork e Colours can be mixed.
e Can be drilled, sanded and
e Durable & water resistant.
stained if required
Pine Teak Mahogany Oak

The above colour chart is for reference only, a perfect colour match cannot be guaranteed.
50 ml TUBE 100ml TUBE 250 ml TUBE 310ml CARTRIDGE

DESCRIPTION
PRODUCT CODE PRODUCT CODE PRODUCT CODE PRODUCT CODE
MAHOGANY PLW-MH050 PLW-MH100 PLW-MH250 PLW-MH310

OAK PLW-OA050 PLW-OA100 PLW-OA250 PLW-OA310
PINE PLW-PN050 PLW-PN100 PLW-PN250 PLW-PN310
TEAK PLW-TK050 PLW-TK100 PLW-TK250 PLW-TK310
How to use
1. Ensure area to be filled is clean and dry. 3. Slightly overfill the hole so that the repair NB: Deep holes should be filled in successive
2. Apply Plastic Wood using a wet filling knife stands proud of the surrounding surface. layers allowing each layer time to dry before
to avoid drag. 4. When the repair is fully set, rub down with the next is added.
abrasive paper for a perfect finish.
Product Information
Floor Filler
For timber and laminate floors. e With reinforced polymer for
e Sealing around awkward
added strenth.
protrusions eg. radiations
e Available colors: Pine, Oak, Beech.
pipes.
e Sealing around fitted furniture.
310ml CARTRIDGE
DESCRIPTION
PRODUCT CODE
BEECH FLF-BE310
OAK FLF-OA310
PINE FLF-PN310

LIQUID FIXING/GRIPFAST BUILDING ADHESIVES
FOR WOOD, BRICKWORK, PLASTIC, METAL & PLASTERBOARD
Product Information
LIQUID FIXING
DESCRIPTION
High strength, fast curing multi-purpose adhesive.
e Skirting boards
Solvent free and low odour: ideal for both indoor and outdoor use.
e Dado rails
e Battens
e Mouldings
Wood, Brickwork, Plastic, Metal, Plasterboard, Glass and Ceramics.
e Architraves
e Carpets FEATURES
e Tiles 1. Fast grab for easy fixing.
2. Extended open time for easy repositioning.
3. Fills small gaps in uneven surfaces.
4. Cartridge fits any standard mastic gun.
310ml CARTRIDGE
DESCRIPTION
SOLVENT FREE ADHESIVE 61-001 R-LIQFIX-SF
Product Information
GRIPFAST
DESCRIPTION
High performance multi-purpose building adhesive.
e Fixing timber, metal and
Ideal for a wide range of external applications.
PVCu door and window
frames SUITABLE FOR USE IN:
e Fixing timber battens, soffits,
Wood, Brickwork, Plastic, Metal & Plasterboard.
fascias and barge boards
e For metal and PVCu FEATURES
cladding etc. 1. Exceptional early grab.
2. Frost and rain resistant: ideal for external use.
3. Suitable for use where both surfaces are nonporous.
4. Fills gaps in uneven surfaces.
5. Cartridge fits any standard mastic gun.
310ml CARTRIDGE
DESCRIPTION
SOLVENT BASED ADHESIVE 61-010 R-GRIPFAST-SB

CABLE CLIPS
Product Information
Cable Clips Flop - Assembled With Nails For Fixing Of Round Cables
CABLE DIAMETER NAIL DIMMENSIONS QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) BLISTER OUTER
3-6 1.4 x 20 16 1024 B-FLO-F0

6-9 2.0 x 25 16 1024 B-FLO-F1
9 - 13 2.0 x 30 8 256 B-FLO-F2
13 - 18 2.5 x 37 8 256 B-FLO-F3
18 - 24 2,5 x 42 8 256 B-FLO-F4
Cable Clips Assembled With Nails For Fixing Flat Twin and Earth
CABLE DIMMENSIONS NAIL DIMMENSIONS QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
3x5 1.5 x 20 60 3840 B-FLO-P3/5

4x6 1.8 x 20 30 1920 B-FLO-P4/6
5x8 1.8 x 24 25 800 B-FLO-P5/8
5x9 1.8 x 24 25 800 B-FLO-P5/9
6 x 10 1.8 x 24 20 640 B-FLO-P6/10
6 x 13 1.8 x 25 20 640 B-FLO-P6/13
Cable Clips Assembled With Nails For Fixing Of Round Cables And Pipes
CABLE DIAMETER NAIL DIMMENSIONS QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
22 - 24 2.5 x 42 8 256 B-FLO-U22

26 - 28 2.5 x 50 12 1920 B-FLO-U26
Expansion Plugs For Clips With Nail
HOLE DIAMETER NAIL LENGTH QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
6.0 22 35 560 B-FLO-K06

DRILL BITS SELECTOR
FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & HARD MASONRY
SUBSTRATE
LIGHTWEIGHT
WOOD METAL PLASTERBOARD CERAMIC TILES BRICK CONCRETE
BLOCK
DRILL TYPE

WITH CARE

WITH CARE

If you are still unsure, please contact our technical advisory service.

BLUE FLASHTM MASONRY DRILL
Product Information
All-purpose masonry drill bit for 1. Brass brazed tungsten carbide
rotary percussive drilling machines. tip, for high drilling speeds.
Blue Flash
DIAMETER LENGTH
QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm) (mm)
4.0 75 Box of 10 31-008 BF-40075

4.5 85 Box of 10 31-009 BF-45085
4.5 150 Box of 10 31-109 BF-45150
5.0 85 Box of 10 31-010 BF-50085
5.0 150 Box of 10 31-110 BF-50150
5.5 85 Box of 10 31-011 BF-55085
5.5 150 Box of 10 31-111 BF-55150
6.0 100 Box of 10 31-012 BF-60100
6.0 150 Box of 10 31-112 BF-60150
6.0 200 Box of 10 31-212 BF-60200
6.5 100 Box of 10 31-013 BF-65100
6.5 150 Box of 10 31-113 BF-65150
7.0 100 Box of 10 31-014 BF-70100
7.0 150 Box of 10 31-114 BF-70150
8.0 120 Box of 10 31-016 BF-80120
8.0 150 Box of 10 31-116 BF-80150
8.0 200 Box of 10 31-216 BF-08200
10.0 120 Box of 10 31-020 BF-100120
10.0 150 Box of 10 31-120 BF-100150
10.0 200 Box of 10 31-220 BF-10200
10.0 400 Single 31-420 BF-10400-1W
12.0 150 Box of 10 31-124 BF-12151
12.0 200 Box of 10 31-224 BF-12200
12.0 400 Single 31-424 BF-12400-1W
13.0 150 Box of 10 31-126 BF-13150
14.0 150 Single 31-128 BF-14150-S
14.0 400 Single 31-426 BF-14400-1W
16.0 150 Single 31-132 BF-16150-01
16.0 400 Single 31-432 BF-16400-1W
20.0 150 Single 31-140 BF-20150-01
20.0 400 Single 31-440 BF-20400-1W
22.0 400 Single 31-444 BF-22400-1W
25.0 400 Single 31-450 BF-25400-1W

IMPACTOR MASONRY DRILL
Product Information
Masonry bit for mains and cordless 1. High grade alloy tool steel and
drilling machines. furnace hardened to SDS
Drills more holes per battery charge standards, making bits stronger,
than other masonry bits. more durable and safer to use.
Sizes and lengths of up to 400 mm. 2. Geometrically designed flute
Extension bars available for deeper maximises spoil evacuation.
drilling. 3. Copper brazed carbide tip,
Packed in re-sealable tubes. strengthens the bond between
tip & body.
IMPACTOR
DIAMETER LENGTH
QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm) (mm)
4.5 85 1x10 32-009 IMP-45085-10W
5.0 100 1x10 32-010 IMP-50100-10W
5.0 150 1 32-110 IMP-50150-W1
5.5 100 1x10 32-011 IMP-55100-10W
5.5 150 1 32-111 IMP-55150-W1
6.0 100 1x10 32-012 IMP-60100-10W
6.0 150 1 32-112 IMP-60150-W1
6.5 100 1x10 32-013 IMP-65100-10W
6.5 150 1 32-113 IMP-65150-W1
7.0 100 1x10 32-014 IMP-70100-10W
7.0 150 1 32-114 IMP-70150-W1
7.0 300 1 32-314 IMP-70300-W1
8.0 120 1x10 32-016 IMP-80120-10W
8.0 150 1 32-116 IMP-80150-W1
8.0 200 1 32-216 IMP-80200-W1
8.0 300 1 32-316 IMP-80300-W1
10.0 120 1x10 32-020 IMP-10120-10W
10.0 150 1 32-120 IMP-10150-W1
10.0 200 1 32-220 IMP-10200-W1
10.0 300 1 32-320 IMP-10300-W1
10.0 400 1 32-420 IMP-10400-W1
12.0 150 1 32-124 IMP-12150-W1
12.0 200 1 32-224 IMP-12200-W1
12.0 300 1 32-324 IMP-12300-W1
12.0 400 1 32-424 IMP-12400-W1
13.0 150 1 32-126 IMP-13150-W1
13.0 400 1 32-426 IMP-13400-W1
14.0 150 1 32-128 IMP-14150-W1
u 14.0 300 1 32-328 IMP-14300-W1
14.0 400 1 32-428 IMP-14400-W1
15.0 150 1 32-130 IMP-15150-W1
16.0 150 1 32-132 IMP-16150-W1
u 16.0 300 1 32-332 IMP-16300-W1
16.0 400 1 32-432 IMP-16400-W1
18.0 160 1 32-136 IMP-18160-W1
18.0 400 1 32-436 IMP-18400-W1
19.0 160 1 32-138 IMP-19160-W1
20.0 160 1 32-140 IMP-20160-W1
u 20.0 300 1 32-340 IMP-20300-W1
Extension Sleeve 20.0 400 1 32-440 IMP-20400-W1
22.0 160 1 32-144 IMP-22160-W1
PRODUCT EFFECTIVE LENGTH
QANTITY
PRODUCT NEW u 22.0 300 1 32-344 IMP-22300-W1
DESCRIPTION (mm) CODE CODE
25.0 160 1 32-150 IMP-25160-W1
u 14-16 mm 250 1 83-032 EXS-1416 u 25.0 300 1 32-350 IMP-25300-W1
u 20-25 mm 250 1 83-050 EXS-2025 25.0 400 1 32-450 IMP-25400-W1

SDS plus MASONRY DRILL
FOR STRUCTUAL CONCRETE & ENGINEERING BRICK
Product Information
Developed for SDS rotary hammer 1. Twin spiral shank for fast,
drilling machines. effective, clearance of spoil.
Provides faster, easier drilling with 2. Specially designed tip
lower power consumption. outperforms other brands for
performance and longevity.
3. Can be extended with
SDS extension sleeves in
conjunction with impactor
drill range marked.
SDS
DIAMETER LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH
PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
4.0 110 34-006 SDS-40110 14.0 150 34-128 SDS-14150
5.0 110 34-010 SDS-50110 14.0 200 34-230 SDS-14200
5.0 160 34-110 SDS-50160 14.0 250 34-328 SDS-14250
5.5 110 34-011 SDS-55110 14.0 300 34-388 SDS-14300
5.5 160 34-111 SDS-55160 14.0 450 34-428 SDS-14450
6.0 110 34-012 SDS-60110 15.0 150 34-130 SDS-15150
6.0 160 34-112 SDS-60160 15.0 250 34-330 SDS-15250
6.0 210 34-210 SDS-60210 16.0 150 34-132 SDS-16150
6.5 110 34-013 SDS-65110 16.0 200 34-232 SDS-16200
6.5 160 34-113 SDS-65160 16.0 300 34-390 SDS-16300
6.5 210 34-212 SDS-65210 16.0 450 34-432 SDS-16450
7.0 110 34-014 SDS-70110 16.0 600 34-532 SDS-16600
7.0 160 34-114 SDS-70160 16.0 800 34-538 SDS-16800
7.0 210 34-214 SDS-70210 18.0 200 34-236 SDS-18200
8.0 110 34-016 SDS-80110 18.0 300 34-392 SDS-18300
8.0 160 34-116 SDS-80160 18.0 450 34-436 SDS-18450
8.0 210 34-216 SDS-80210 18.0 600 34-536 SDS-18600
8.0 260 34-318 SDS-80260 18.0 1000 34-592 SDS-181000
9.0 210 34-218 SDS-90210 20.0 200 34-240 SDS-20200
10.0 110 34-020 SDS-100110 20.0 450 34-440 SDS-20450
10.0 160 34-120 SDS-10160 20.0 600 34-540 SDS-20600
10.0 260 34-320 SDS-10260 20.0 1000 34-594 SDS-201000
10.0 310 34-380 SDS-10310 22.0 250 34-344 SDS-22250
10.0 450 34-420 SDS-10450 22.0 450 34-442 SDS-22450
10.0 600 34-520 SDS-10600 22.0 1000 34-596 SDS-221000
11.0 310 34-382 SDS-11310 24.0 250 34-348 SDS-24250
12.0 160 34-124 SDS-12160 24.0 450 34-448 SDS-24450
12.0 250 34-324 SDS-12250 25.0 250 34-350 SDS-25260
12.0 300 34-384 SDS-12300 25.0 450 34-450 SDS-25450
12.0 450 34-424 SDS-12450 25.0 600 34-550 SDS-25600
12.0 1000 34-586 SDS-121000 26.0 450 34-452 SDS-26450
13.0 150 34-126 SDS-13150
13.0 250 34-326 SDS-13250
13.0 450 34-426 SDS-13450

HSS METAL BITS
FOR METAL, WOOD, PLASTICS & PLASTERBOARD
Product Information
High-speed steel drill bit for 1. Milled, high speed steel for
e For accurate drilling in
accurate drilling in metal, wood longer lasting performance.
metal, wood, plasterboard
and other materials. 2. Cutting performance to BS328
and plastics.
and DIN338 in metal.
3. Longer sizes available on request.
HSS Metal Bits

EFFECTIVE
DIAMETER LENGTH
LENGTH QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
1.5 40 19 Tube of 2 36-003 HSS-B-15
2.0 49 22 Single 36-004 HSS-B-20
2.5 57 32 Single 36-005 HSS-B-25
3.0 60 33 Single 36-006 HSS-B-30
3.5 71 40 Single 36-007 HSS-B-35
4.0 75 44 Single 36-008 HSS-B-40
4.5 80 44 Single 36-009 HSS-B-45
5.0 87 52 Single 36-010 HSS-B-50
5.5 94 56 Single 36-011 HSS-B-55
6.0 94 58 Single 36-012 HSS-B-60
6.5 101 65 Single 36-013 HSS-B-65
7.0 110 71 Single 36-014 HSS-B-70
8.0 118 74 Single 36-016 HSS-B-80
9.0 125 83 Single 36-018 HSS-B-90
10.0 134 86 Single 36-020 HSS-B-10
11.0 142 94 Single 36-022 HSS-B-11
12.0 151 100 Single 36-024 HSS-B-12
13.0 152 100 Single 36-026 HSS-B-13
Multiple packs available, please call Sales for more information.

FLAT/AUGER WOOD BITS
FOR PLASTERBOARD, HARD & SOFT WOODS
Product Information
Flat Wood Bits
For rapid drilling of large diameter Extension rods available for
e Designed for use with rotary
holes in wood. 16-32mm sizes to extend drilling
action power drills. Ideal for
depth by 260 mm each.
hard or soft woods,
chipboard etc.
EFFECTIVE
DIAMETER LENGTH
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
6.5 150 110 Pack of 5 70-013 FLB-0655/01

8.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-016 FLB-0805/01
10.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-020 FLB-1005/01
13.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-026 FLB-1305/01
14.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-028 FLB-1405/01
16.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-032 FLB-1605/01
18.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-036 FLB-1805/01
20.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-040 FLB-2005/01
22.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-044 FLB-2205/01
25.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-050 FLB-2505/01
28.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-056 FLB-2805/01
32.0 150 110 Pack of 5 70-064 FLB-3205/01
Extension 300 260 Pack of 5 70-200 FLB-ES
Product Information
Auger Wood Bits
For drilling in all types of wood. 1. Hardened, tempered carbon steel
e Precision drilling of deep
retains sharpness and edge.
holes.
2. Self-feeding screw pulls bit into
wood for precise drilling.
3. Open throat & double twist
design for rapid chip clearance.
EFFECTIVE
DIAMETER LENGTH
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
6.5 200 160 Tube of 1 72-013 AUB-065

8.0 200 160 Tube of 1 72-016 AUB-080
10.0 200 160 Tube of 1 72-020 AUB-100
11.0 200 160 Tube of 1 72-022 AUB-110
13.0 200 160 Tube of 1 72-026 AUB-130
16.0 200 160 Tube of 1 72-032 AUB-160
20.0 200 160 Tube of 1 72-040 AUB-200
22.0 200 160 Tube of 1 72-044 AUB-220
25.0 200 160 Tube of 1 72-050 AUB-250
32.0 200 160 Tube of 1 72-064 AUB-320

HOLE SAW
FOR MILD STEEL, BRASS, CAST IRON, WOOD & PLASTICS
Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS DESCRIPTION FEATURES

e Suitable for cutting holes in Diameters 16mm - 152mm. 1. Well engineered base reduces
mild steel, brass, cast iron, vibration.
TIPS 2. High speed steel bi-metal
wood and plastics.
e Compatible with all major
Please observe the recommended moulded to tough alloy body.
cutting speeds depending on 3. 4 to 6 variable pitch tooth
hole saw and arbor brands.
material being cut. design for faster cutting.
Hole Saw
EFFECTIVE LENGTH
DIAMETER QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
(mm)
16 36 Box of 1 16-500 HSW-16
19 35 Box of 1 16-504 HSW-19
20 38 Box of 1 16-506 HSW-20
22 34 Box of 1 16-510 HSW-22
25 38 Box of 1 16-514 HSW-25
29 35 Box of 1 16-518 HSW-29
32 34 Box of 1 16-522 HSW-32
35 38 Box of 1 16-526 HSW-35
38 35 Box of 1 16-528 HSW-38
44 38 Box of 1 16-534 HSW-44
51 35 Box of 1 16-540 HSW-51
54 38 Box of 1 16-542 HSW-54
60 35 Box of 1 16-546 HSW-60
64 38 Box of 1 16-548 HSW-64
67 38 Box of 1 16-550 HSW-67
70 38 Box of 1 16-552 HSW-70
73 35 Box of 1 16-554 HSW-73
79 38 Box of 1 16-556 HSW-79
89 38 Box of 1 16-560 HSW-89
102 38 Box of 1 16-564 HSW-102
111 38 Box of 1 16-568 HSW-111
114 38 Box of 1 16-570 HSW-114
127 38 Box of 1 16-574 HSW-127
140 38 Box of 1 16-576 HSW-140
152 38 Box of 1 16-578 HSW-152
Arbors
ARBOR SIZE FITS 16-29 mm FITS 32-152 mm

QUANTITY
(mm) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE
8 16-600 HSW-08 Box of 1

11 16-602 HSW-011 Box of 1
SDS Plus 16-606 HSW-14-SDS 16-608 HSW-32-SDS Box of 1
Pilot Drills
DRILL LENGTH
(mm)
72.0 16-610 HSW-P-072

102.0 16-612 HSW-P-102

ELECTRIC SCREWDRIVER BIT
Product Information
PROPERTIES
e General purpose use insert bits.
e High abrasion resistance.
e Made from steel S2 of hardness 56-62 HRC.
e Milled bit tips in ACR SYSTEM.
25 mm Bits 1/4 Drive

DESIGN LENGTH QUANTITY QUANTITY
PRODUCT CODE DESIGN LENGTH
(mm) (mm) BOX OUTER PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) BOX OUTER
Philips 1 25 20 240 MN-15-301 5.0 x 0.8 25 20 240 MN-15-322
Philips 2 25 20 240 MN-15-302 6.5 x 1.2 25 20 240 MN-15-324
Philips 3 25 20 240 MN-15-303
DESIGN LENGTH QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) BOX OUTER
Hex 4 25 20 240 MN-15-334

PRODUCT CODE
(mm) (mm) BOX OUTER
Pozi 1 25 20 240 MN-15-311

PRODUCT CODE
Pozi 2 25 20 240 MN-15-312 (mm) (mm) BOX OUTER
Pozi 3 25 20 240 MN-15-313 Torx 30 25 20 240 MN-15-346
Sets
OUTER QUANTITY
SET COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE
(sets)
5.0 x 0.8; 6.5 x 1.2;

Philips 1; Philips 2;
6+1 pcs 12 MN-15-501
Pozi 1; Pozi 2;
Magnetic bit holder
Philips 0; Philips 1; Philips 2; Philips 3
Pozi 1; Pozi 2; 6+1 pcs 12 MN-15-502
Magnetic bit holder
Philips 0; Philips 1; 2 x Philips 2; Philips 3 5 pcs 12 MN-15-511
Philips 1; Philips 2; Philips 3;
5 pcs 12 MN-15-512
Pozi 1; Pozi 2
Philips 0; Philips 1; Philips 2;
5 pcs 12 MN-15-513
5.0 x 0.8; 6.5 x 1.2
Hex 2; Hex 3; Hex 4; Hex 5; Hex 6 5 pcs 12 MN-15-514
Torx 10; Torx 15; Torx 20; Torx 25; Torx 30 5 pcs 12 MN-15-515
Tin Torsion 25 mm Bits 1/4 Drive
PROPERTIES
e Flexible TIN TORSION zone absorbs torque moment strength.
e Made from steel S2.
e High abrasion resistance titanium nitride coating.
e For use in industrial construction, for serial use.
e Hardness 56-62 HRC.
DESIGN LENGTH QUANTITY DESIGN LENGTH QUANTITY

(mm) (mm) BOX OUTER (mm) (mm) BOX OUTER
Philips 2 25 20 240 N-15-402 Pozi 2 25 20 240 N-15-412

ELECTRIC SCREWDRIVER BIT
Product Information
50 mm Bits To 1/4 Drive
PROPERTIES
e Suitable for all applications.
e Milled bit tips in ACR system.
Single-sided

Philips 2 50 10 120 MN-15-391 Pozi 2 50 10 120 MN-15-381
Double Ended

Philips 1 / Philips 2 50 10 120 MN-15-351 Pozi 1 / Pozi 2 50 10 120 MN-15-352
Sets
OUTER QUANTITY
SET COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE
(sets)
Philips 1; Philips 2; Philips 3 3 pcs 12 MN-15-521

Pozi 1; Pozi 2; Pozi 3 3 pcs 12 MN-15-522
Product Information
Long Bits 1/4 Drive
PROPERTIES
e Suitable for all applications.
e Milled bit tips in ACR system.

PRODUCT CODE
Philips 2 100 1 12 MN-15-393

Philips 2 150 1 12 MN-15-394
Philips 2 200 1 12 MN-15-395
Philips 2 250 1 12 MN-15-396
Philips 2 350 1 12 MN-15-398

HEX KEY SETS
Product Information
Hex Key Set Hex Key Set
e Forged chrome vanadium steel body. e Forged chrome vanadium
e Satin finish. steel body.

e Satin finish.
e Ball hex configration on the
long arm allows offset driving

of hard to reach set screws
(25 angle).
SET DESCRIPTION OUTER SET DESCRIPTION OUTER

No. OF PIECES PRODUCT CODE No. OF PIECES PRODUCT CODE
1.5; 2.0; 2.5; 3.0; 4.0; 5.0; 1.5; 2.0; 2.5; 3.0; 4.0; 5.0;
10 10 MN-54-102 9 pcs 10 MN-54-117
5.5, 6.0; 8.0; 10.0 6.0; 8.0; 10.0
Hex Key Set Hex Key Set
e Forged chrome vanadium e Forged chrome vanadium
steel body. steel body.

e Satin finish. e Satin finish.
e Ball hex configration on the
long arm allows offset driving

of hard to reach set screws
(25 angle).
SET DESCRIPTION OUTER SET DESCRIPTION OUTER

No. OF PIECES PRODUCT CODE No. OF PIECES PRODUCT CODE
1.5; 2.0; 2.5; 3.0; 4.0; 5.0; 1.5; 2.0; 2.5; 3.0; 4.0; 5.0;
9 10 MN-54-121 9 10 MN-54-119
6.0; 8.0; 10.0 6.0; 8.0; 10.0
Hex Key Set
PROPERTIES
e Forged chrome vanadium steel body.
e Satin finish.
e Ball hex configration on the long arm allows offset
driving of hard to reach set screws (25 angle).
HEX KEYS
DESCRIPTION OUTER QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE
(mm)
1.5; 2.0; 2.5; 3.0; 4.0; 5.0;

9 pcs 10 MN-54-120
6.0; 8.0; 10.0

TORX KEY SETS
Product Information
Torx Key Set Torx Long Key Set
e Forged chrome vanadium steel body. e Forged chrome vanadium steel body.
e Satin finish. e Satin finish.
OUTER
DESCRIPTION No. OF PIECES PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY
Torx10, Torx15, Torx20, Torx25,

10 10 MN-54-106
Torx30, Torx40, Torx45, Torx50
OUTER
DESCRIPTION No. OF PIECES PRODUCT CODE
QUANTITY
Torx10, Torx15, Torx20, Torx25,

10 pcs 10 MN-54-116
Torx30, Torx40, Torx45, Torx50

CIRCULAR SAW/ JIGSAW BLADES
WOOD, PLYWOOD, CHIPBOARD
Circular Saw
PROPERTIES
e Tungsten carbide teeth.
e Used for cutting wood,
e Saw blade body made from high
plywood, chipboard
quality hardened steel 38-40 HRC.
& aluminium
e Sharp cutting edges.
e Ribbed heat vents allow blade to
run cooler reducing distortion.

e Sandblasted and polished surface
with anti corrosion coating.

e Reduction rings.
Circular Saw Blades
BLISTER
QUANTITY
150 x 20 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 1 PS688-0150-0001

150 x 16 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 1 PS688-0150-0002
160 x 30 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 1 PS688-0160-0001
180 x 30 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 1 PS688-0180-0001
180 x 20 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 1 PS688-0180-0002
184 x 16 x 2.4/1.6/40z GS15 1 PS688-0184-0001
184 x 16 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 1 PS688-0184-0002
190 x 30 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 1 PS688-0190-0001
190 x 16 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 1 PS688-0190-0002
200 x 30 x 2.4/1.6/30z GS15 1 PS688-0200-0001
216 x 30 x 2.4/1.8/48z 3GS-5/30 1 PS688-0216-0001
216 x 30 x 2.4/1.8/64z GA-5 1 PS688-0216-0002
230 x 30 x 2.8/1.8/34z GS15 1 PS688-0230-0001
235 x 30 x 2.8/1.8/34z GS15 1 PS688-0235-0001
250 x 30 x 2.8/1.8/40z GS15 1 PS688-0250-0001
250 x 30 x 2.8/1.8/60z GS15 1 PS688-0250-0002
Jigsaw Blades
PROPERTIES
e HCS carbon steel blades.
WORKING TOOTH THIN METAL QUANTITY

LENGTH STRAIGTH MAX. CUTTING COARSE QUICK
LENGTH DISTANCE TIMBER CHIPBOARD PLASTIC SHEET PRODUCT CODE
(mm) CUTTING THICKNESS CUTTING CUTTING BLISTER OUTER
(mm) (mm) < 1.5 mm
100 75 1 <1.5 mm 5 50 MN-65-151

100 75 2 <30 mm 5 50 MN-65-152
100 75 3 <60 mm 5 50 MN-65-153
100 75 4 <60 mm 5 50 MN-65-154
100 75 4 <60 mm 5 50 MN-65-160*
* specific inverted tooth geometry - for accurate sawing without jagging.

NOTES

NOTES

The Technical Department oers a variety
of services to speciers, distributors and
users of Rawl Fixings products.
Technical Advice
Fixing specialists will offer immediate advice and
recommendations over the telephone.
Field Engineers
Are available to offer fixing advice at your office
or on site.
Site Testing
Rawl Fixings engineers will conduct site testing
to ensure the appropriate xing is specied and
used. A detailed report is provided with recom-
mendations.
Technical (CPD) Seminars

We will be pleased to provide technical seminars,
to ensure personnel involved in the specication
and selection of structural anchors are up-to-date
with developments and standards.
Contractor Training
Rawl Fixings engineers will be pleased to carry out
To ensure that we continue to meet the future requirements of the industry,
practical training for contractors to ensure anchors
are installed correctly. Rawlplug has a policy of continuous product development supported by
extensive design and test centre facilities. Rawlplug therefore reserves the
right to modify product designs without prior notice. Rawlplug also reserves
the right to modify information contained within this guide without notify-
Technical Calculation Software
ing existing holders of the document. While this document gives guidance
O An innovative calculation CD ROM from Rawl
Fixings. relating to the use and nature of the products and variety of applications, the
O Allows calculations and product selections ultimate responsibility for correct selection of a product for a specific appli-
to be made in concrete.
O Includes both mechanical and chemical anchor cation must lie with the customer. Rawlplug recommendations are made in
solutions. good faith but do not constitute a guarantee.
O For your free CD, please e-mail Rawl Fixings
at technical@rawlplug.co.uk
OKLADKA.indd 2 2007-10-16 11:25:45

Cl/SfB Xt6
RAWL FIXINGS
October 2007
Rawlplug Ltd
Skibo Drive
Thornliebank Industrial Estate
Glasgow G46 8JR, UK
Sales Tel: +44 (0) 141 638 2255

Sales Fax: +44 (0) 141 273 2333
Export Sales Fax: +44 (0) 141 273 2336
Technical Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812857
Technical Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812862
Email: info@rawlplug.co.uk or technical@rawlplug.co.uk
Product Catalogue
Rawlplug Ireland Ltd
Unit 14, Park West Industrial
Dublin 12, Ireland
Tel: +353 (0) 1 629 8479
Fax: +353 (0) 1 623 7053
Rawl France Sarl

ZI Mitry-Compans
BP 536
12-14 Rue Marc Seguin
77295 Mitry-Mory cedex, France
Tel: +33 1 60 21 50 20
Fax: +33 1 64 67 19 84
e-mail: rawl@rawl.fr
Rawl Scandinavia AB
Lysingsvgen 18
593 53 Vstervik, Sweden
Tel: +46 (0) 490 30660
Fax: +46 (0) 490 30670
Koelner-Rawlplug Middle East FZE

P.O. Box 261024
Jebel Ali Free Zone
Dubai
United Arab Emirates
Tel: + 971 4 8839501
October 2007
Fax: + 971 4 8839502

e-mail: dubai@rawlplug.co.uk
Product Catalogue
Website: www.rawlplug.com
Rawl and Rawlplug are registered trade marks of RAWLPLUG Ltd.
OKLADKA.indd 1 2007-10-16 11:25:36

Product Catalogue: Rawlplug LTD

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Product Catalogue: Rawlplug LTD

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Cl/SfB Xt6

Sales Tel: +44 (0) 141 638 2255

Email: info@rawlplug.co.uk or technical@rawlplug.co.uk

Rawl France Sarl

Koelner-Rawlplug Middle East FZE

Fax: + 971 4 8839502

OKLADKA.indd 1 2007-10-16 11:25:36

Technical (CPD) Seminars

OKLADKA.indd 2 2007-10-16 11:25:45

Technical Information 8 Spring Toggle 96

SafetyPlus Bolt Projecting 20 Rawl TAP-IN 101

R-HAC Rawl Capsule 50

Plastic Plugs 76 HSS Metal Bits 143

HDPE Plastic Plug 79 Hole Saw 145

Technical Advisory Service e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk 3

RAWL_KATALOG_2007_2008.indb 3 2007-10-15 14:26:10

In 1919, John J. Rawlings, a London builder, developed and

The company expanded dramatically and today it is one of the

Innovation remains at the heart of Rawlplugs success, including

Other international approvals include:

High Quality Manufacturing

The companys quality system is approved to BS EN ISO 9001: 2000

The company also places great emphasis on providing a safe

RAWL_KATALOG_2007_2008.indb 4 2007-10-15 14:26:24

Product Development &

Technical Support Service

z 24 hour access: available by phone, fax and internet

z Advice on anchor design and selection

z Advice on usage & application, including contractor training

z Recommendations on fixing solutions

z On site testing (mainly UK)

This service is supported by field engineers available to visit design

Technical literature, and a CD-Rom design disc is available to

In addition, Rawlplug distributors are serviced by dedicated and

z Order and despatch status

Technical Advisory Service e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk 5

RAWL_KATALOG_2007_2008.indb 5 2007-10-15 14:26:42

Commission adopted the first ever European Technical Approval Guideline

(ETAG) for any construction product.

ETAG 001, Parts 1 and 3 Metal Anchors for use in Concrete

stage of harmonisation of product approval systems throughout Europe.

This harmonisation has been sought after by manufacturers, specifiers and

basis and the free passage of products within Europe.

ETAG 001, Part 4 Metal Anchors for use in Concrete

Adopted in December 1998, it covers deformation controlled anchors such as

the Rawl Wedge Anchor (more commonly known as drop-in anchor).

is risk to human life or considerable economic consequence. It is extremely

difficult to clearly identify the applications where approved products should

be selected or which are covered by the scope of the ETAG.

Testing and Assessment

demanding requirements of the comprehensive test programme described

within ETAG 001, Metal Anchors for use in Concrete.

would include: variations in concrete strengths, tolerances of hole diameter,

deviations in installation torques, repeated and sustained loads, cracked

concrete and the subsequent movement of such cracks. Manufacturing

9001:2000 specification. This ensures the highest quality is maintained for

1) A European Technical Approval (ETA) in accordance with the ETAG 001

RAWL_KATALOG_2007_2008.indb 6 2007-10-15 14:26:57

where performance and quality can be assured.

05/0078 and certificates of attestation 0836-CPD-004 and 0836-CPD-003.

products to be awarded an ETA and CE marking.

Future Ensuring Best Fixings Practice

The Association achieves this by:

R-HPT Throughbolt 28 M6-M20

R-SPT Throughbolt 30 M6-M24